Post on 06-Feb-2016
description
Centro de Educação Profissional Irmão Mário Cristóvão Curso Técnico em Mecatrônica Disciplina de Eletrônica Analógica
Apostila de Laboratório de Eletrônica Analógica Prof. Marcelo do C.C. Gaiotto.
Aluno:________________________________________ Turno:_____________
Centro de Educação Profissional Irmão Mário Cristóvão Laboratório de Eletrônica Analógica
2
EXPERIÊNCIA 1 Objetivos:
Conhecer os equipamentos utilizados para efetuar as práticas; Iniciar as práticas em circuitos com diodo retificador e diodo zener. Comprovar o funcionamento dos diodos na 1 e 2 aproximações.
Tempo de Execução: ____ aulas Desenvolvimento Equipamentos e materiais necessários:
3 - diodos 1N4007 – por aluno; 1 - diodo Zener de 5V1/500mW – por aluno; 10 - resistores de 1K de 1/8W; 1 - potenciometro de 10K – por aluno; 1 - placa de montagem com pontes de terminais para cada aluno; 2 - multímetro analógico ou digital; 2 - ferro de solda; 1 - Fonte Analógica Tektronix; * - Solda; 2 - suporte para ferro de solda; * - Cabos banana-banana e banana- garra;
1) Para cada um dos circuitos (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 e 8), calcule as correntes e
tensões nos resistores com os diodos em 1 e 2 aproximações. 2) Somente após o cálculo monte os circuitos na placa de pontes de terminais;
3) Realize as medidas de tensão sobre os resistores e os diodos, também e nos
pontos indicados para cada circuito procurando preencher com cuidado a sua tabela.(Ex: VAB)
4) Monte e identifique quais são as funções Lógicas dos circuitos 9 e 10.
Relatório: Fazer relatório detalhado (1 por Aluno) mostrando todas as características e conclusões observadas nesta experiência, entregando-o na data estabelecida.
Centro de Educação Profissional Irmão Mário Cristóvão Laboratório de Eletrônica Analógica
3
Desenvolvimento do Circuito 1 – Cálculos Tabela do Circuito 1
Valor de Tensão
Calculado em 2
Aproximação (V)
Valor de Corrente Calculada
em 2 Aproximação
(A)
Valor de
Tensão Medida
(V)
Valor de Corrente Medida
(A)
R1 D1
Centro de Educação Profissional Irmão Mário Cristóvão Laboratório de Eletrônica Analógica
4
Desenvolvimento do Circuito 2 – Cálculos Tabela do Circuito 2
Valor de Tensão
Calculado em 2
Aproximação (V)
Valor de Corrente Calculada
em 2 Aproximação
(A)
Valor de
Tensão Medida
(V)
Valor de Corrente Medida
(A)
R1 D1
Centro de Educação Profissional Irmão Mário Cristóvão Laboratório de Eletrônica Analógica
5
Desenvolvimento do Circuito 3 – Cálculos Tabela do Circuito 3
Valor de Tensão
Calculado em 2
Aproximação (V)
Valor de Corrente Calculada
em 2 Aproximação
(A)
Valor de
Tensão Medida
(V)
Valor de Corrente Medida
(A)
R1 R2 R3 D1
Centro de Educação Profissional Irmão Mário Cristóvão Laboratório de Eletrônica Analógica
6
Desenvolvimento do Circuito 4 – Cálculos Tabela do Circuito 4
Valor de Tensão
Calculado em 2
Aproximação (V)
Valor de Corrente Calculada
em 2 Aproximação
(A)
Valor de
Tensão Medida
(V)
Valor de Corrente Medida
(A)
R1 R2 R3 D1
Centro de Educação Profissional Irmão Mário Cristóvão Laboratório de Eletrônica Analógica
7
Desenvolvimento do Circuito 5 – Cálculos Tabela do Circuito 5
Valor de Tensão
Calculado em 2
Aproximação (V)
Valor de Corrente Calculada
em 2 Aproximação
(A)
Valor de
Tensão Medida
(V)
Valor de Corrente Medida
(A)
R1 R2 R3 D1 D2 D3 VAB
Centro de Educação Profissional Irmão Mário Cristóvão Laboratório de Eletrônica Analógica
8
Desenvolvimento do Circuito 6 – Cálculos Tabela do Circuito 6
Valor de Tensão
Calculado em 2
Aproximação (V)
Valor de Corrente Calculada
em 2 Aproximação
(A)
Valor de
Tensão Medida
(V)
Valor de Corrente Medida
(A)
R1 D1 Com a fonte em 0V, Observe o que acontece quando você aumenta a tensão em passos de 0,5V até o valor máximo de 10V. Anote suas observações!
Centro de Educação Profissional Irmão Mário Cristóvão Laboratório de Eletrônica Analógica
9
Desenvolvimento do Circuito 7 – Cálculos Tabela do Circuito 7
Valor de Tensão
Calculado em 2
Aproximação (V)
Valor de Corrente Calculada
em 2 Aproximação
(A)
Valor de
Tensão Medida
(V)
Valor de Corrente Medida
(A)
R1 D1 Com a fonte em 0V, Observe o que acontece quando você aumenta a tensão em passos de 0,5V até o valor máximo de 10V. Anote suas observações!
Centro de Educação Profissional Irmão Mário Cristóvão Laboratório de Eletrônica Analógica
10
Desenvolvimento do Circuito 8 – Cálculos Tabela do Circuito 8
Valor de Tensão
Calculado em 2
Aproximação (V)
Valor de Corrente Calculada
em 2 Aproximação
(A)
Valor de
Tensão Medida
(V)
Valor de Corrente Medida
(A)
R1 D1
Observe o que acontece quando você varia o potenciômetro. Anote suas observações!
Centro de Educação Profissional Irmão Mário Cristóvão Laboratório de Eletrônica Analógica
11
Circuito 9
Coloque as combinações Binárias e observe o que acontece na saída. Anote suas observações!
Circuito 10
Coloque as combinações Binárias e observe o que acontece na saída. Anote suas observações!
A B Saída
A B Saída
Centro de Educação Profissional Irmão Mário Cristóvão Laboratório de Eletrônica Analógica
12
Protocolo de recebimento de Relatório – esta parte fica no caderno de Laboratório Relatório Recebido em : ______/______/______
Aluno:___________________________________________________ Turno: _____________ Professor:________________________________________________ Cortar aqui - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Esta parte deve ser anexada no relatório.
Aluno:___________________________________________________ Turno: _____________ Relatório Recebido em : ______/______/______
1. Circuito 1: ____________________________________________ Visto:_______ 2. Circuito 2: ____________________________________________ Visto:_______ 3. Circuito 3: ____________________________________________ Visto:_______ 4. Circuito 4: ____________________________________________ Visto:_______ 5. Circuito 5: ____________________________________________ Visto:_______ 6. Circuito 6: ____________________________________________ Visto:_______ 7. Circuito 7: ____________________________________________ Visto:_______ 8. Circuito 8: ____________________________________________ Visto:_______ 9. Circuito 9: ____________________________________________ Visto:_______ 10. Circuito 10:____________________________________________Visto:_______
Centro de Educação Profissional Irmão Mário Cristóvão Laboratório de Eletrônica Analógica
13
EXPERIÊNCIA 2
Objetivos:
Conhecer os equipamentos utilizados para efetuar as práticas; Iniciar as práticas de retificadores. Comprovar o funcionamento dos retificadores com e sem filtros
capacitivos. Tempo de Execução: ____ aulas
Desenvolvimento Equipamentos e materiais necessários:
1 - transformador de 12V+12V ou 9V+9V; 1 - osciloscópio analógico; 1 - placa de montagem com pontes de terminais; (de cada equipe) 1 - multímetro digital MINIPA; 1 - suporte para ferro de solda; * - Cabos banana-banana e banana- garra;
1) Medir as formas de onda da saída de calibração do osciloscópio,
apresentando os ajustes de Volts/Div. dos canais 1 e 2, Time/Div. E ajustes das pontas de prova. Apresente ainda a freqüência e a tensão pico-a-pico.
2) Medir e apresentar as formas de onda do secundário do transformador
apresentando os valores para: Freqüência, Período, Tensão pico a pico, e tensão RMS.
3) Implementar um circuito retificador de meia onda, anotando as formas de onda
de entrada, saída e seus valores de pico;
4) Testar o circuito montado anteriormente com capacitores eletrolíticos de 10, 100, e 1000uF, e anotar as formas de onda da tensão de saída;
5) Implementar um circuito retificador de onda completa com 2 diodos, anotando
as formas de onda de entrada, saída e seus valores de pico;
6) Testar o circuito montado anteriormente com capacitores eletrolíticos de 10, 100, e 1000uF, e anotar as formas de onda da tensão de saída;
7) Implementar um circuito retificador de onda completa em Ponte (4 diodos),
anotando as formas de onda de entrada, saída e seus valores de pico;
8) Testar o circuito montado anteriormente com capacitores eletrolíticos de 10, 100, e 1000uF, e anotar as formas de onda da tensão de saída;
*obs: utilizar um resistor de carga para os retificadores de 1K.
Relatório: Fazer relatório detalhado (1 por Aluno) mostrando todas as características e conclusões observadas nesta experiência, entregando-o na data estabelecida.
Centro de Educação Profissional Irmão Mário Cristóvão Laboratório de Eletrônica Analógica
14
Projeto ponto de calibração do osciloscópio: ____________ Visto Projeto:___________ Escala Volts/DIV Canal1:____________Ponta de Prova:_____ Canal2:____________Ponta de Prova:_____ Escala Time/DIV TIME/DIV:_____________
Observações
Centro de Educação Profissional Irmão Mário Cristóvão Laboratório de Eletrônica Analógica
15
Projeto transformador e osciloscópio Visto Projeto:___________ Escala Volts/DIV Canal1:____________Ponta de Prova:_____ Canal2:____________Ponta de Prova:_____ Escala Time/DIV TIME/DIV:_____________
Observações
Centro de Educação Profissional Irmão Mário Cristóvão Laboratório de Eletrônica Analógica
16
Projeto:_________________________________________________ Visto Projeto:___________ Escala Volts/DIV Canal1:____________Ponta de Prova:_____ Canal2:____________Ponta de Prova:_____ Escala Time/DIV TIME/DIV:_____________
Observações
Centro de Educação Profissional Irmão Mário Cristóvão Laboratório de Eletrônica Analógica
17
Projeto:_________________________________________________ Visto Projeto:___________ Escala Volts/DIV Canal1:_____________Ponta de Prova:_____ Canal2:_____________Ponta de Prova:_____ Escala Time/DIV TIME/DIV:_____________
Escala Volts/DIV Canal1:_____________Ponta de Prova:_____ Canal2:_____________Ponta de Prova:_____ Escala Time/DIV TIME/DIV:_____________
Observações
Centro de Educação Profissional Irmão Mário Cristóvão Laboratório de Eletrônica Analógica
18
Projeto:_________________________________________________ Visto Projeto:___________ Escala Volts/DIV Canal1:_____________Ponta de Prova:_____ Canal2:_____________Ponta de Prova:_____ Escala Time/DIV TIME/DIV:_____________
Observações
Centro de Educação Profissional Irmão Mário Cristóvão Laboratório de Eletrônica Analógica
19
Projeto:_________________________________________________ Visto Projeto:___________ Escala Volts/DIV Canal1:_____________Ponta de Prova:_____ Canal2:_____________Ponta de Prova:_____ Escala Time/DIV TIME/DIV:_____________
Escala Volts/DIV Canal1:_____________Ponta de Prova:_____ Canal2:_____________Ponta de Prova:_____ Escala Time/DIV TIME/DIV:_____________
Observações
Centro de Educação Profissional Irmão Mário Cristóvão Laboratório de Eletrônica Analógica
20
Projeto:_________________________________________________ Visto Projeto:___________ Escala Volts/DIV Canal1:_____________Ponta de Prova:_____ Canal2:_____________Ponta de Prova:_____ Escala Time/DIV TIME/DIV:_____________
Observações
Centro de Educação Profissional Irmão Mário Cristóvão Laboratório de Eletrônica Analógica
21
Projeto:_________________________________________________ Visto Projeto:___________ Escala Volts/DIV Canal1:_____________Ponta de Prova:_____ Canal2:_____________Ponta de Prova:_____ Escala Time/DIV TIME/DIV:_____________
Escala Volts/DIV Canal1:_____________Ponta de Prova:_____ Canal2:_____________Ponta de Prova:_____ Escala Time/DIV TIME/DIV:_____________
Observações
Centro de Educação Profissional Irmão Mário Cristóvão Laboratório de Eletrônica Analógica
22
Protocolo de recebimento de Relatório – esta parte fica no caderno de Laboratório Relatório Recebido em : ______/______/______
Aluno:___________________________________________________ Turno: _____________ Professor:________________________________________________ Cortar aqui - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Esta parte deve ser anexada no relatório.
Aluno:___________________________________________________ Turno: _____________ Relatório Recebido em : ______/______/______
1. Projeto:_______________________________________________Visto:_______ 2. Projeto:_______________________________________________Visto:_______ 3. Projeto:_______________________________________________Visto:_______ 4. Projeto:_______________________________________________Visto:_______ 5. Projeto:_______________________________________________Visto:_______ 6. Projeto:_______________________________________________Visto:_______ 7. Projeto:_______________________________________________Visto:_______ 8. Projeto:_______________________________________________Visto:_______
Centro de Educação Profissional Irmão Mário Cristóvão Laboratório de Eletrônica Analógica
23
EXPERIÊNCIA 3
Objetivos:
Aprender como interpretar os dados da especificação técnica do fabricante;
Conhecer os equipamentos utilizados para efetuar as práticas; Comprovar o funcionamento dos ceifadores polarizados.
Tempo de Execução: ____ aulas
Desenvolvimento Equipamentos e materiais necessários:
1 – Gerador de Funções; 1 – Fonte Analógica Tektronix; 2 – Pontas de prova para osciloscópio; 1 – Osciloscópio analógico; 2 – Diodos de sinal 1N4148 1 – Resistor de 1K 1 – Placa de montagem com pontes de terminais; (de cada equipe) 1 – Multímetro digital MINIPA; 1 – Suporte para ferro de solda; * - Cabos banana-banana e banana- garra;
1. Implemente o seguinte circuito Ceifador polarizado.
Siga o seguinte procedimento para o circuito acima: 1. Ajuste o canal 1 do osciloscópio em AC; 2. Ajuste o canal 2 do osciloscópio em DC; 3. Selecione a forma de onda do gerador como Senoidal; 4. Conecte o gerador de funções no canal 1 do osciloscópio e ajuste a
freqüência para 1KHz; 5. Agora, ajuste a amplitude do gerador para fornecer 15Volts de pico-a-pico; 6. Conecte o gerador de funções na entrada do circuito indicada como Vi
juntamente com o canal 1 do osciloscópio (respeite a indicação de + e - ); 7. Conecte o canal 2 do osciloscópio na saída do circuito indicada como Vo; 8. Explicar teoricamente o funcionamento para justificar os resultados de saída; 9. Troque a forma de onda para Triangular; 10. Explicar teoricamente o funcionamento para justificar os resultados de saída; 11. Troque a forma de onda para quadrada; 12. Explicar teoricamente o funcionamento para justificar os resultados de saída; 13. Inverta a polaridade da fonte V1 e realize novamente os itens 1 – 6 – 7 – 8 – 9
– 10, para este novo circuito.
Centro de Educação Profissional Irmão Mário Cristóvão Laboratório de Eletrônica Analógica
24
Projeto:_________________________________________________ Visto Projeto:___________ Escala Volts/DIV Canal1:_____________Ponta de Prova:_____ Canal2:_____________Ponta de Prova:_____ Escala Time/DIV TIME/DIV:_____________
Observações
Centro de Educação Profissional Irmão Mário Cristóvão Laboratório de Eletrônica Analógica
25
Projeto:_________________________________________________ Visto Projeto:___________ Escala Volts/DIV Canal1:_____________Ponta de Prova:_____ Canal2:_____________Ponta de Prova:_____ Escala Time/DIV TIME/DIV:_____________
Escala Volts/DIV Canal1:_____________Ponta de Prova:_____ Canal2:_____________Ponta de Prova:_____ Escala Time/DIV TIME/DIV:_____________
Observações
Centro de Educação Profissional Irmão Mário Cristóvão Laboratório de Eletrônica Analógica
26
Projeto:_________________________________________________ Visto Projeto:___________ Escala Volts/DIV Canal1:_____________Ponta de Prova:_____ Canal2:_____________Ponta de Prova:_____ Escala Time/DIV TIME/DIV:_____________
Observações
Centro de Educação Profissional Irmão Mário Cristóvão Laboratório de Eletrônica Analógica
27
Projeto:_________________________________________________ Visto Projeto:___________ Escala Volts/DIV Canal1:_____________Ponta de Prova:_____ Canal2:_____________Ponta de Prova:_____ Escala Time/DIV TIME/DIV:_____________
Escala Volts/DIV Canal1:_____________Ponta de Prova:_____ Canal2:_____________Ponta de Prova:_____ Escala Time/DIV TIME/DIV:_____________
Observações
Centro de Educação Profissional Irmão Mário Cristóvão Laboratório de Eletrônica Analógica
28
Protocolo de recebimento de Relatório – esta parte fica no caderno de Laboratório Relatório Recebido em : ______/______/______
Aluno:___________________________________________________ Turno: _____________ Professor:________________________________________________ Cortar aqui - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Esta parte deve ser anexada no relatório.
Aluno:___________________________________________________ Turno: _____________ Relatório Recebido em : ______/______/______
1) Projeto:_______________________________________________ Visto:_______
2) Projeto:_______________________________________________ Visto:_______
3) Projeto:_______________________________________________ Visto:_______
4) Projeto:_______________________________________________ Visto:_______
5) Projeto:_______________________________________________ Visto:_______
6) Projeto:_______________________________________________ Visto:_______
Centro de Educação Profissional Irmão Mário Cristóvão Laboratório de Eletrônica Analógica
29
EXPERIÊNCIA 4
Objetivos:
Aprender como interpretar os dados da especificação técnica do fabricante;
Conhecer os equipamentos utilizados para efetuar as práticas; Comprovar o funcionamento dos Grampeadores e Multiplicadores.
Tempo de Execução: ____ aulas
Desenvolvimento Equipamentos e materiais necessários:
1 – Osciloscópio analógico; 2 – Pontas de prova para osciloscópio; 2 – Diodos 1N4004 ou 1N4007 2 – Capacitores eletrolíticos de 1000uF/25V ou maior 1 – Resistor de 1K 1 – Placa de montagem com pontes de terminais; (de cada equipe) 1 – Suporte para ferro de solda; * - Cabos banana-banana e banana- garra;
1. Implemente o seguinte circuito Grampeador.
Siga o seguinte procedimento para o circuito acima: 1. Ajuste o canal 1 do osciloscópio em AC; 2. Ajuste o canal 2 do osciloscópio em DC; 3. Conecte o canal 1 do osciloscópio na saída do transformador que está sendo
utilizada e o canal 2 na saída do circuito indicada como Vout; 4. Explique teoricamente o funcionamento para justificar os resultados de saída,
identificando qual é o tipo de grampeador (positivo ou negativo);
Centro de Educação Profissional Irmão Mário Cristóvão Laboratório de Eletrônica Analógica
30
2. Implemente o seguinte circuito Multiplicador:
Siga o seguinte procedimento para o circuito acima: 1. Ajuste o canal 1 do osciloscópio em DC – cuidado só utilize o canal 1 – ; 2. Conecte o canal 1 do osciloscópio na saída do circuito indicada como Vout; 3. Explique teoricamente o funcionamento para justificar os resultados de saída,
identificando qual é o tipo de multiplicador (meia onda ou onda completa); Relatório: Fazer relatório detalhado (1 por Aluno) mostrando todas as características e conclusões observadas nesta experiência, entregando-o na data estabelecida.
Centro de Educação Profissional Irmão Mário Cristóvão Laboratório de Eletrônica Analógica
31
Projeto:_________________________________________________ Visto Projeto:___________ Escala Volts/DIV Canal1:_____________Ponta de Prova:_____ Canal2:_____________Ponta de Prova:_____ Escala Time/DIV TIME/DIV:_____________
Escala Volts/DIV Canal1:_____________Ponta de Prova:_____ Canal2:_____________Ponta de Prova:_____ Escala Time/DIV TIME/DIV:_____________
Observações
Centro de Educação Profissional Irmão Mário Cristóvão Laboratório de Eletrônica Analógica
32
Protocolo de recebimento de Relatório – esta parte fica no caderno de Laboratório Relatório Recebido em : ______/______/______
Aluno:___________________________________________________ Turno: _____________ Professor:________________________________________________ Cortar aqui - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Esta parte deve ser anexada no relatório.
Aluno:___________________________________________________ Turno: _____________ Relatório Recebido em : ______/______/______
1) Projeto:_______________________________________________ Visto:_______
2) Projeto:_______________________________________________ Visto:_______
Centro de Educação Profissional Irmão Mário Cristóvão Laboratório de Eletrônica Analógica
33
EXPERIÊNCIA 5 Objetivos:
Aprender como interpretar os dados da especificação técnica do fabricante;
Conhecer os equipamentos utilizados para efetuar as práticas; Iniciar o trabalho com transistores como chave.
Tempo de Execução: ____ aulas Desenvolvimento Equipamentos e materiais necessários:
1 – Fonte Analógica; 1 – Multímetro; 1 – Placa de Pontes de Terminais da EQUIPE; * - Resistores diversos e demais componentes da EQUIPE; * - Cabos banana jacaré da EQUIPE.
1) Considerando o circuito abaixo, calcule e realize as medidas pedidas:
a) Medir o ganho do transistor no multímetro (hFE = beta) e anotar o valo na tabela;
b) Para efeito de cálculo considerar VBE = 0,7V e VBB = Vi (podendo ser 0V e 5V);
c) Calcular a corrente IC e IB através das formulas:
IBIC
=β e RbVBEVBBIB −
= ;
d) Com o ponto Vi em 5V: medir as tensões VBE e VCE; e) Com o ponto Vi em GND: medir as tensões VBE e VCE; f) Com o ponto Vi em 5V: medir as correntes de base (IB) e do coletor (IC); g) Com o ponto Vi em GND: medir as correntes de base (IB) e do coletor (IC); h) Comparar com as correntes e tensões teóricas calculadas respectivamente
e anotar as conclusões justificando-as;
Centro de Educação Profissional Irmão Mário Cristóvão Laboratório de Eletrônica Analógica
34
2) Considerando o circuito abaixo, calcule e realize as medidas pedidas:
Figura: acionamento direto do relé.
a) Medir a corrente de acionamento do Relé para acionamento direto; b) Utilizar o valor do ganho do transistor (hFE = beta) da experiência anterior; c) Para efeitos de cálculo da polarização, considerar VBE = 0,7V e VBB =
12V; d) Calcular a corrente IC e IB através das formulas:
IBIC
=β e RbVBEVBBIB −
= ;
e) Implementar o circuito de acionamento com transistor;
Acionamento com transistor
f) Com o ponto Vin em 12V: medir as tensões VBE e VCE; g) Com o ponto Vin em GND: medir as tensões VBE e VCE; h) Com o ponto Vin em 12V: medir as correntes de base (IB) e do coletor (IC); i) Com o ponto Vin em GND: medir as correntes de base (IB) e do coletor
(IC); j) Comparar com as correntes e tensões teóricas calculadas respectivamente
e anotar as conclusões justificando-as; Relatório: Fazer relatório detalhado (1 por aluno) mostrando todas as características e conclusões observadas nesta experiência, entregando-o na data estabelecida para esta turma.
Centro de Educação Profissional Irmão Mário Cristóvão Laboratório de Eletrônica Analógica
35
Desenvolvimento do Circuito – Cálculos Tabela do Circuito
Ganho do transistor Bc = Vin = 12V Vi = GND
IC calculado IB calculado IC medido IB medido
VCE medido VBE medido
Observações
Centro de Educação Profissional Irmão Mário Cristóvão Laboratório de Eletrônica Analógica
36
Protocolo de recebimento de Relatório – esta parte fica no caderno de Laboratório Relatório Recebido em : ______/______/______
Aluno:___________________________________________________ Turno: _____________ Professor:________________________________________________ Cortar aqui - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Esta parte deve ser anexada no relatório.
Aluno:___________________________________________________ Turno: _____________ Relatório Recebido em : ______/______/______
1) Projeto:_______________________________________________ Visto:_______ 2) Projeto:_______________________________________________ Visto:_______
Centro de Educação Profissional Irmão Mário Cristóvão Laboratório de Eletrônica Analógica
37
EXPERIÊNCIA 6 Objetivos:
Aprender como interpretar os dados da especificação técnica do fabricante;
Conhecer os equipamentos utilizados para efetuar as práticas; Iniciar o trabalho com transistores como AMPLIFICADORES
Tempo de Execução: ____ aulas Desenvolvimento: Equipamentos e materiais necessários:
1 – Fonte Analógica; 1 – Osciloscópio Digital; 2 – Pontas de prova para osciloscópio; 1 – Multímetros; 1 – Placa de Pontes de Terminais da EQUIPE; • Cabos banana jacaré da EQUIPE; • Componentes diversos da EQUIPE.
1) Considerando o circuito a seguir, calcule os resistores de polarização e realize as medidas pedidas com os seguintes dados: iB = 250µA, VCC = 12V e VBB = 2V. Utilize as formulas propostas para realização dos cálculos.
a) Com o circuito alimentado corretamente e sem conectar o gerador de
funções e o osciloscópio, medir a corrente IC; b) Conecte o canal 1 do osciloscópio no gerador de funções e ajuste a
freqüência para 1KHz, com forma de onda senoidal; c) Conecte o gerador de funções juntamente com o canal 1 do
osciloscópio à entrada do circuito (Vin) com seu ajuste de amplitude em ZERO;
d) Conecte o canal 2 do osciloscópio na saída do circuito indicada como Vout.
e) Comece a aumentar a amplitude do gerador até obter o melhor sinal de saída amplificado, e sem distorção;
f) Anotar os valores corretos de amplitude encontrados; g) Desenhar a forma de onda do canal 1 (Vin) e canal 2 (Vout) do
osciloscópio (entrada e saída respectivamente); h) Mantendo o valor da amplitude encontrado, aumente gradativamente a
freqüência no gerador de funções até obter uma redução do ganho de saída do amplificador em 70,7% do valor máximo obtido no item f;
Relatório:
Fazer relatório detalhado (1 por aluno) mostrando todas as características e conclusões observadas nesta experiência, entregando-o na data estabelecida para esta turma.
Centro de Educação Profissional Irmão Mário Cristóvão Laboratório de Eletrônica Analógica
38
Circuito de polarização por divisor de tensão na base
Desenvolvimento do Circuito – Cálculos
Ω=Ω=
=
+=
+=
kRkR
RVI
RRRV
RRRRR
E
L
B
BBB
BB
B
13,3
1221
2
21
21
Observações dos cálculos
Centro de Educação Profissional Irmão Mário Cristóvão Laboratório de Eletrônica Analógica
39
Projeto:_________________________________________________ Visto Projeto:___________ Escala Volts/DIV Canal1:_____________Ponta de Prova:_____ Canal2:_____________Ponta de Prova:_____ Escala Time/DIV TIME/DIV:_____________
Escala Volts/DIV Canal1:_____________Ponta de Prova:_____ Canal2:_____________Ponta de Prova:_____ Escala Time/DIV TIME/DIV:_____________
Observações das medidas
Centro de Educação Profissional Irmão Mário Cristóvão Laboratório de Eletrônica Analógica
40
Protocolo de recebimento de Relatório – esta parte fica no caderno de Laboratório Relatório Recebido em : ______/______/______
Aluno:___________________________________________________ Turno: _____________ Professor:________________________________________________ Cortar aqui - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Esta parte deve ser anexada no relatório.
Aluno:___________________________________________________ Turno: _____________ Relatório Recebido em : ______/______/______
1) Projeto:_______________________________________________ Visto:_______
Centro de Educação Profissional Irmão Mário Cristóvão Laboratório de Eletrônica Analógica
41
ANEXO – Material de apoio
Centro de Educação Profissional Irmão Mário Cristóvão Laboratório de Eletrônica Analógica
43
PROJETO DA FONTE REGULADA VERSÃO 2
FONTEC
Curso Técnico em Mecatrônica Disciplina de Eletrônica Analógica
Prof. Marcelo do C. C. Gaiotto
Centro de Educação Profissional Irmão Mário Cristóvão Laboratório de Eletrônica Analógica
44
Funcionamento
O primeiro passo para construção de uma fonte de alimentação é saber qual a tensão de saída que se deseja ter. Neste projeto de fonte possuímos 2 tensões, 1 regulada e uma fixa de 5V/1A. A tensão regulada será aborda mais à frente.
Como a rede elétrica possui sua tensão eficaz muito mais alta que a grande maioria dos equipamentos eletrônicos opera, necessitamos de um componente que reduza este valor de tensão alternada. Como estamos considerando uma fonte de alimentação linear utilizaremos um transformador, para realizar este serviço. O Diagrama em blocos da figura 1 representa esta seqüência.
Figura 1. Diagrama de blocos de acoplamento com transformador.
Toda fonte de alimentação de corrente contínua possui um bloco de
retificação. A configuração utilizada no bloco retificador é do tipo retificador de onda completa com dois diodos (D1 e D2). Este é responsável em tornar a tensão alternada entregue pelo transformador em contínua, ou seja, elimina a mudança de polaridade da tensão. Vejamos agora como fica esta alteração no diagrama da figura 2.
Figura 2. Diagrama de blocos da etapa de retificadores.
Embora a tensão de saída do retificador seja contínua, ela ainda é pulsada,
ou seja, muda de zero até o valor máximo. Para que esta oscilação (RIPPLE) não prejudique o funcionamento nem os componentes de um circuito que possa ser conectado nesta fonte devemos inserir uma nova etapa, a etapa de filtragem, que será composta pelo capacitor eletrolítico (C1). O novo diagrama de blocos está apresentado na figura 3.
Figura 3. Diagrama de blocos com a etapa de filtragem.
Centro de Educação Profissional Irmão Mário Cristóvão Laboratório de Eletrônica Analógica
45
Este projeto possui ainda capacitores cerâmicos adicionados ao circuito para aumentar o coeficiente de filtragem.
Até este ponto não temos novidades e dificuldades quanto à configuração e funcionamento. Para possibilitar a variação da tensão de saída de forma regulada e controlada utilizamos uma etapa reguladora, como por exemplo, a do diagrama em blocos da figura 4.
Figura 4. Diagrama de blocos da etapa de Regulagem.
O circuito regulador de tensão utilizado para desempenhar esta função é o
LM317. Este possibilita o acionamento de uma carga com consumo de até 1,5A em sua saída. Repare que a saída do regulador possui um capacitor eletrolítico, possibilitando uma segunda filtragem, tornando nossa saída mais estável. O diagrama em blocos da parte regulada da fonte é apresentado na figura 5.
Figura 5. Diagrama em blocos da parte regulada da fonte.
O circuito básico de configuração do regulador utilizado foi extraído das folhas
de dados dos fabricantes que estão em anexo neste manual. A fonte fixa é composta por outro regulador de tensão LM317, porém com
seus resistores de ajuste fixos para que a tensão em sua saída seja de 5V, e também um capacitor eletrolítico após o regulador, possibilitando uma segunda filtragem, tornando nossa saída mais estável, como é desejável para qualquer circuito de alimentação para circuitos digitais da família TTL.
1. Procedimentos para cálculos dos resistores das fontes reguladas
Podemos alterar as características de nossa fonte se calcularmos os valores dos resistores que realizam a configuração do regulador, utilizando a seguinte fórmula fornecida pelo fabricante:
)2*()1
1(* PIADJRPotVrefVout ++=
Centro de Educação Profissional Irmão Mário Cristóvão Laboratório de Eletrônica Analógica
46
Onde: Vo- tensão de saída ; Iadj – corrente de ajuste. POT – Valor do potenciômetro utilizado. Através deste cálculo, podemos alterar o valor de tensão máximo que o
regulador apresentará em sua saída. Este procedimento deve ser realizado com bastante cuidado e atenção, pois serão necessárias alterações de componentes do circuito como:
• Adequar os Capacitores eletrolíticos – tensão de operação; • Transformador – tensão e corrente de saída para o valor que se
deseja trabalhar, levando em consideração as quedas de tensão dos componentes envolvidos (***calcular o transformador***)
• Fusível – redimensionar o fusível para o novo circuito; • Re-projetar placa se for necessário;
Esquema elétrico da fonte da FonTec V2.
Centro de Educação Profissional Irmão Mário Cristóvão Laboratório de Eletrônica Analógica
47
Esquema de ligação do fusível, da chave de seleção de tensão, da chave
liga/desliga ao transformador e a rede elétrica.
Placa de Circuito impresso da fonte de tensão vista dos componentes, não invertida e fora da medida real.
Placa de Circuito impresso da fonte de tensão vista dos componentes com as trilhas, não invertida e fora da medida real.
Centro de Educação Profissional Irmão Mário Cristóvão Laboratório de Eletrônica Analógica
49
Exemplo de Caixa de montagem Patola PB209 e PB211.
Exemplo de disposição dos itens do painel frontal. (não está em tamanho real é apenas um exemplo)
Exemplo de disposição dos itens do painel traseiro. (não está em tamanho real é apenas um exemplo)
Centro de Educação Profissional Irmão Mário Cristóvão Laboratório de Eletrônica Analógica
50
Lista de componentes da Fonte Regulada FONTEC V2
Loja:_______________________________ Fone:____________________ Atendente:___________________________________ QTD DESCRIÇÃO DOS COMPONENTES E MATERIAIS Preço
unitário R$ 1 Transformador de 110V/220V de primário, 15V+15V / 1A à 2A 1 placa de fenolite face simples de 50x100 (mm) 2 LM317 2 Capacitores cerâmicos de 100nF 2 diodos retificadores 1N5404 2 diodos retificadores 1N4004 1 chave HH com marcação 110/200V 1 chave de alavanca 3 contatos e duas posições 1 capacitor eletrolítico de 2200uF/50V 2 capacitor eletrolítico de 2200uF/25V 1 borne para painel vermelho 1 borne para painel preto 1 borne para painel amarelo 1 porta fusível para painel pequeno 1 fusível de 500mA pequeno 1 rabicho para alimentação 1 Knob 1 potenciômetro de 4K7 ou 5K 5 pés de borracha pequenos para colar 2 dissipadores DM830 ½ metro de fio Preto 22 ½ metro de fio vermelho 22 1 led vermelho 5mm 1 Suporte para led de 5mm para painel 1 caixa para montagem patola PB209 ou PB 211 preta 1 resistor de 1K 2 resistor de 270R 1 resistor de 680R 2 resistor de 120R 8 Parafusos M3x10 cabeça cônica
18 Porcas para parafuso M3 6 Arruelas para parafuso M3
Total dos componentes
Semiconductor Components Industries, LLC, 2001
March, 2001 – Rev. 71 Publication Order Number:
1N4001/D
1N4001, 1N4002, 1N4003,1N4004, 1N4005, 1N4006,1N4007
1N4004 and 1N4007 are Preferred Devices
Axial Lead StandardRecovery Rectifiers
This data sheet provides information on subminiature size, axiallead mounted rectifiers for general–purpose low–power applications.
Mechanical Characteristics• Case: Epoxy, Molded
• Weight: 0.4 gram (approximately)
• Finish: All External Surfaces Corrosion Resistant and TerminalLeads are Readily Solderable
• Lead and Mounting Surface Temperature for Soldering Purposes:220°C Max. for 10 Seconds, 1/16″ from case
• Shipped in plastic bags, 1000 per bag.
• Available Tape and Reeled, 5000 per reel, by adding a “RL” suffix tothe part number
• Available in Fan–Fold Packaging, 3000 per box, by adding a “FF”suffix to the part number
• Polarity: Cathode Indicated by Polarity Band
• Marking: 1N4001, 1N4002, 1N4003, 1N4004, 1N4005, 1N4006,1N4007
MAXIMUM RATINGS
Rating Symbol 1N4001 1N4002 1N4003 1N4004 1N4005 1N4006 1N4007 Unit
*Peak Repetitive Reverse VoltageWorking Peak Reverse VoltageDC Blocking Voltage
VRRMVRWM
VR
50 100 200 400 600 800 1000 Volts
*Non–Repetitive Peak Reverse Voltage(halfwave, single phase, 60 Hz)
VRSM 60 120 240 480 720 1000 1200 Volts
*RMS Reverse Voltage VR(RMS) 35 70 140 280 420 560 700 Volts
*Average Rectified Forward Current(single phase, resistive load,60 Hz, TA = 75°C)
IO 1.0 Amp
*Non–Repetitive Peak Surge Current(surge applied at rated loadconditions)
IFSM 30 (for 1 cycle) Amp
Operating and Storage JunctionTemperature Range
TJTstg
–65 to +175 °C
*Indicates JEDEC Registered Data
http://onsemi.com
CASE 59–03AXIAL LEAD
PLASTIC
LEAD MOUNTED RECTIFIERS50–1000 VOLTS
DIFFUSED JUNCTION
Preferred devices are recommended choices for future useand best overall value.
MARKING DIAGRAM
See detailed ordering and shipping information on page 2 ofthis data sheet.
ORDERING INFORMATION
AL = Assembly Location1N400x = Device Numberx = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7YY = YearWW = Work Week
AL1N400xYYWW
1N4001, 1N4002, 1N4003, 1N4004, 1N4005, 1N4006, 1N4007
http://onsemi.com2
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS*
Rating Symbol Typ Max Unit
Maximum Instantaneous Forward Voltage Drop(iF = 1.0 Amp, TJ = 25°C)
vF 0.93 1.1 Volts
Maximum Full–Cycle Average Forward Voltage Drop(IO = 1.0 Amp, TL = 75°C, 1 inch leads)
VF(AV) – 0.8 Volts
Maximum Reverse Current (rated dc voltage)(TJ = 25°C)(TJ = 100°C)
IR0.051.0
1050
µA
Maximum Full–Cycle Average Reverse Current(IO = 1.0 Amp, TL = 75°C, 1 inch leads)
IR(AV) – 30 µA
*Indicates JEDEC Registered Data
ORDERING & SHIPPING INFORMATION
Device Package Shipping
1N4001 Axial Lead 1000 Units/Bag
1N4001FF Axial Lead 3000 Units/Box
1N4001RL Axial Lead 5000/Tape & Reel
1N4002 Axial Lead 1000 Units/Bag
1N4002FF Axial Lead 3000 Units/Box
1N4002RL Axial Lead 5000/Tape & Reel
1N4003 Axial Lead 1000 Units/Bag
1N4003FF Axial Lead 3000 Units/Box
1N4003RL Axial Lead 5000/Tape & Reel
1N4004 Axial Lead 1000 Units/Bag
1N4004FF Axial Lead 3000 Units/Box
1N4004RL Axial Lead 5000/Tape & Reel
1N4005 Axial Lead 1000 Units/Bag
1N4005FF Axial Lead 3000 Units/Box
1N4005RL Axial Lead 5000/Tape & Reel
1N4006 Axial Lead 1000 Units/Bag
1N4006FF Axial Lead 3000 Units/Box
1N4006RL Axial Lead 5000/Tape & Reel
1N4007 Axial Lead 1000 Units/Bag
1N4007FF Axial Lead 3000 Units/Box
1N4007RL Axial Lead 5000/Tape & Reel
1N4001, 1N4002, 1N4003, 1N4004, 1N4005, 1N4006, 1N4007
http://onsemi.com3
PACKAGE DIMENSIONS
AXIAL LEADCASE 59–03
ISSUE M
B
DK
KF
F
A
DIM MIN MAX MIN MAX
INCHESMILLIMETERS
A 4.07 5.20 0.160 0.205
B 2.04 2.71 0.080 0.107
D 0.71 0.86 0.028 0.034
F --- 1.27 --- 0.050
K 27.94 --- 1.100 ---
NOTES:
1. ALL RULES AND NOTES ASSOCIATED WITH
JEDEC DO-41 OUTLINE SHALL APPLY.
2. POLARITY DENOTED BY CATHODE BAND.
3. LEAD DIAMETER NOT CONTROLLED WITHIN F
DIMENSION.
1N4001, 1N4002, 1N4003, 1N4004, 1N4005, 1N4006, 1N4007
http://onsemi.com4
ON Semiconductor and are trademarks of Semiconductor Components Industries, LLC (SCILLC). SCILLC reserves the right to make changeswithout further notice to any products herein. SCILLC makes no warranty, representation or guarantee regarding the suitability of its products for any particularpurpose, nor does SCILLC assume any liability arising out of the application or use of any product or circuit, and specifically disclaims any and all liability,including without limitation special, consequential or incidental damages. “Typical” parameters which may be provided in SCILLC data sheets and/orspecifications can and do vary in different applications and actual performance may vary over time. All operating parameters, including “Typicals” must bevalidated for each customer application by customer’s technical experts. SCILLC does not convey any license under its patent rights nor the rights of others.SCILLC products are not designed, intended, or authorized for use as components in systems intended for surgical implant into the body, or other applicationsintended to support or sustain life, or for any other application in which the failure of the SCILLC product could create a situation where personal injury ordeath may occur. Should Buyer purchase or use SCILLC products for any such unintended or unauthorized application, Buyer shall indemnify and holdSCILLC and its officers, employees, subsidiaries, affiliates, and distributors harmless against all claims, costs, damages, and expenses, and reasonableattorney fees arising out of, directly or indirectly, any claim of personal injury or death associated with such unintended or unauthorized use, even if such claimalleges that SCILLC was negligent regarding the design or manufacture of the part. SCILLC is an Equal Opportunity/Affirmative Action Employer.
PUBLICATION ORDERING INFORMATIONCENTRAL/SOUTH AMERICA:Spanish Phone : 303–308–7143 (Mon–Fri 8:00am to 5:00pm MST)
Email : ONlit–spanish@hibbertco.comToll–Free from Mexico: Dial 01–800–288–2872 for Access –
then Dial 866–297–9322
ASIA/PACIFIC : LDC for ON Semiconductor – Asia SupportPhone : 303–675–2121 (Tue–Fri 9:00am to 1:00pm, Hong Kong Time)
Toll Free from Hong Kong & Singapore:001–800–4422–3781
Email : ONlit–asia@hibbertco.com
JAPAN : ON Semiconductor, Japan Customer Focus Center4–32–1 Nishi–Gotanda, Shinagawa–ku, Tokyo, Japan 141–0031Phone : 81–3–5740–2700Email : r14525@onsemi.com
ON Semiconductor Website : http://onsemi.com
For additional information, please contact your localSales Representative.
1N4001/D
NORTH AMERICA Literature Fulfillment :Literature Distribution Center for ON SemiconductorP.O. Box 5163, Denver, Colorado 80217 USAPhone : 303–675–2175 or 800–344–3860 Toll Free USA/CanadaFax: 303–675–2176 or 800–344–3867 Toll Free USA/CanadaEmail : ONlit@hibbertco.comFax Response Line: 303–675–2167 or 800–344–3810 Toll Free USA/Canada
N. American Technical Support : 800–282–9855 Toll Free USA/Canada
EUROPE: LDC for ON Semiconductor – European SupportGerman Phone : (+1) 303–308–7140 (Mon–Fri 2:30pm to 7:00pm CET)
Email : ONlit–german@hibbertco.comFrench Phone : (+1) 303–308–7141 (Mon–Fri 2:00pm to 7:00pm CET)
Email : ONlit–french@hibbertco.comEnglish Phone : (+1) 303–308–7142 (Mon–Fri 12:00pm to 5:00pm GMT)
Email : ONlit@hibbertco.com
EUROPEAN TOLL–FREE ACCESS*: 00–800–4422–3781*Available from Germany, France, Italy, UK, Ireland
DS12019 Rev. B-2 1 of 2 1N4148 / 1N4448
Features
1N4148 / 1N4448FAST SWITCHING DIODE
Fast Switching Speed General Purpose Rectification Silicon Epitaxial Planar Construction
Characteristic Symbol 1N4148 1N4448 Unit
Non-Repetitive Peak Reverse Voltage VRM 100 V
Peak Repetitive Reverse VoltageWorking Peak Reverse VoltageDC Blocking Voltage
VRRMVRWM
VR
75 V
RMS Reverse Voltage VR(RMS) 53 V
Forward Continuous Current (Note 1) IFM 300 500 mA
Average Rectified Output Current (Note 1) IO 150 mA
Non-Repetitive Peak Forward Surge Current @ t = 1.0s@ t = 1.0s IFSM
1.02.0 A
Power Dissipation (Note 1)Derate Above 25C Pd
5001.68
mWmW/C
Thermal Resistance, Junction to Ambient Air (Note 1) RJA 300 K/W
Operating and Storage Temperature Range Tj , TSTG -65 to +175 C
Maximum Ratings @ TA = 25C unless otherwise specified
Notes: 1. Valid provided that device terminals are kept at ambient temperature.
Characteristic Symbol Min Max Unit Test Condition
Maximum Forward Voltage 1N41481N44481N4448
VFM
0.62
1.00.721.0
VIF = 10mAIF = 5.0mAIF = 100mA
Maximum Peak Reverse Current IRM
5.0503025
AAAnA
VR = 75VVR = 70V, Tj = 150CVR = 20V, Tj = 150CVR = 20V
Capacitance Cj 4.0 pF VR = 0, f = 1.0MHz
Reverse Recovery Time trr 4.0 ns IF = 10mA to IR =1.0mAVR = 6.0V, RL = 100
Electrical Characteristics @ TA = 25C unless otherwise specified
Features
Case: DO-35 Leads: Solderable per MIL-STD-202,
Method 208 Polarity: Cathode Band Marking: Type Number Weight: 0.13 grams (approx.)
Mechanical Data
A AB
CD
DO-35
Dim Min Max
A 25.40
B 4.00
C 0.60
D 2.00
All Dimensions in mm
DS12019 Rev. B-2 2 of 2 1N4148 / 1N4448
1
10
100
1000
10,000
0 100 200
I,
LE
AK
AG
EC
UR
RE
NT
(nA
)R
T , JUNCTION TEMPERATURE ( C)
Fig. 2, Leakage Current vs Junction Temperaturej °
V = 20VR
10
1.0
100
1000
0.1
0.01
0 1 2
I,
INS
TA
NTA
NE
OU
SF
OR
WA
RD
CU
RR
EN
T(m
A)
F
V , INSTANTANEOUS FORWARD VOLTAGE (V)
Fig. 1 Forward CharacteristicsF
BC
548 / BC
548A / B
C548B
/ BC
548CDiscrete POWER & Signal
Technologies
NPN General Purpose Amplifier
BC548BC548ABC548BBC548C
This device is designed for use as general purpose amplifiersand switches requiring collector currents to 300 mA. Sourced fromProcess 10. See PN100A for characteristics.
Absolute Maximum Ratings* TA = 25°C unless otherwise noted
*These ratings are limiting values above which the serviceability of any semiconductor device may be impaired.
NOTES:1) These ratings are based on a maximum junction temperature of 150 degrees C.2) These are steady state limits. The factory should be consulted on applications involving pulsed or low duty cycle operations.
Thermal Characteristics TA = 25°C unless otherwise noted
Symbol Parameter Value UnitsVCEO Collector-Emitter Voltage 30 V
VCES Collector-Base Voltage 30 V
VEBO Emitter-Base Voltage 5.0 V
IC Collector Current - Continuous 500 mA
TJ, Tstg Operating and Storage Junction Temperature Range -55 to +150 °C
Symbol Characteristic Max UnitsBC548 / A / B / C
PD Total Device DissipationDerate above 25°C
6255.0
mWmW/°C
RθJC Thermal Resistance, Junction to Case 83.3 °C/W
RθJA Thermal Resistance, Junction to Ambient 200 °C/W
EB C
TO-92
1997 Fairchild Semiconductor Corporation 548-ABC, Rev B
BC
548 / BC
548A / B
C548B
/ BC
548CNPN General Purpose Amplifier
(continued)
Electrical Characteristics TA = 25°C unless otherwise noted
OFF CHARACTERISTICS
Symbol Parameter Test C onditions Min Max Units
V(BR)CEO Collector-Emitter Breakdown Voltage IC = 10 mA, IB = 0 30 V
V(BR)CBO Collector-Base Breakdown Voltage IC = 10 µA, IE = 0 30 V
V(BR)CES Collector-Base Breakdown Voltage IC = 10 µA, IE = 0 30 V
V(BR)EBO Emitter-Base Breakdown Voltage IE = 10 µA, IC = 0 5.0 V
ICBO Collector Cutoff Current VCB = 30 V, IE = 0VCB = 30 V, IE = 0, TA = +150 °C
155.0
nAµA
ON CHARACTERISTICShFE DC Current Gain VCE = 5.0 V, IC = 2.0 mA 548
548A 548B
548C
110110200420
800220450800
VCE(sat) Collector-Emitter Saturation Voltage IC = 10 mA, IB = 0.5 mAIC = 100 mA, IB = 5.0 mA
0.250.60
VV
VBE(on) Base-Emitter On Voltage VCE = 5.0 V, IC = 2.0 mAVCE = 5.0 V, IC = 10 mA
0.58 0.700.77
VV
SMALL SIGNAL CHARACTERISTICShfe Small-Signal Current Gain IC = 2.0 mA, VCE = 5.0 V,
f = 1.0 kHz125 900
NF Noise Figure VCE = 5.0 V, IC = 200 µA,RS = 2.0 kΩ, f = 1.0 kHz,BW = 200 Hz
10 dB
©2002 Fairchild Semiconductor Corporation Rev. B1, August 2002
BC
327/328
PNP Epitaxial Silicon TransistorAbsolute Maximum Ratings Ta=25°C unless otherwise noted
Electrical Characteristics Ta=25°C unless otherwise noted
hFE Classification
Symbol Parameter Value UnitsVCES Collector-Emitter Voltage
: BC327 : BC328
-50-30
VV
VCEO Collector-Emitter Voltage: BC327 : BC328
-45-25
VV
VEBO Emitter-Base Voltage -5 VIC Collector Current (DC) -800 mAPC Collector Power Dissipation 625 mWTJ Junction Temperature 150 °CTSTG Storage Temperature -55 ~ 150 °C
Symbol Parameter Test Condition Min. Typ. Max. UnitsBVCEO Collector-Emitter Breakdown Voltage
: BC327 : BC328
IC= -10mA, IB=0-45-25
VV
BVCES Collector-Emitter Breakdown Voltage: BC327 : BC328
IC= -0.1mA, VBE=0-50-30
VV
BVEBO Emitter-Base Breakdown Voltage IE= -10µA, IC=0 -5 VICES Collector Cut-off Current
: BC327: BC328
VCE= -45V, VBE=0VCE= -25V, VBE=0
-2-2
-100-100
nAnA
hFE1hFE2
DC Current Gain
VCE= -1V, IC= -100mAVCE= -1V, IC= -300mA
100 40
630
VCE (sat) Collector-Emitter Saturation Voltage IC= -500mA, IB= -50mA -0.7 VVBE (on) Base-Emitter On Voltage VCE= -1V, IC= -300mA -1.2 VfT Current Gain Bandwidth Product VCE= -5V, IC= -10mA, f=20MHz 100 MHzCob Output Capacitance VCB= -10V, IE=0, f=1MHz 12 pF
Classification 16 25 40hFE1 100 ~ 250 160 ~ 400 250 ~ 630hFE2 60- 100- 170-
BC327/328
Switching and Amplifier Applications• Suitable for AF-Driver stages and low power output stages• Complement to BC337/BC338
1. Collector 2. Base 3. Emitter
TO-921
©2002 Fairchild Semiconductor Corporation Rev. B1, August 2002
BC
327/328Typical Characteristics
Figure 1. Static Characteristic Figure 2. Static Characteristic
Figure 3. DC current Gain Figure 4. Base-Emitter Saturation VoltageCollector-Emitter Saturation Voltage
Figure 5. Base-Emitter On Voltage Figure 6. Gain Bandwidth Product
-1 -2 -3 -4 -5-0
-100
-200
-300
-400
-500
PT = 600mW
IB = - 3.0mA
IB = - 2.0mAIB = - 3.5mA
IB = - 1.0mA
IB = - 1.5mA
IB = - 0.5mA
IB = - 4.0mA
IB = - 2.5mA
IB = - 4.5mAIB = - 5.0mA
IB = 0
I C[m
A], C
OLL
ECTO
R C
UR
REN
T
VCE[V], COLLECTOR-EMITTER VOLTAGE
-10 -20 -30 -40 -50
-4
-8
-12
-16
-20
PT = 600mW
IB = - 80µA
IB = - 70µA
IB = - 60µA
IB = - 50µA
IB = - 40µA
IB = - 30µA
IB = - 20µA
IB = - 10µA
IB = 0
I C[m
A], C
OLL
ECTO
R C
UR
REN
T
VCE[V], COLLECTOR-EMITTER VOLTAGE
-0.1 -1 -10 -100 -10001
10
100
1000
PULSE
- 1.0V
VCE = - 2.0V
h FE,
DC
CU
RR
ENT
GAI
N
IC[mA], COLLECTOR CURRENT
-0.1 -1 -10 -100 -1000-0.01
-0.1
-1
-10
IC = 10 IB
PULSE
VCE(sat)
VBE(sat)
V B
E(sa
t), V
CE(
sat)[
V], S
ATU
RAT
ION
VO
LTAG
E
IC[mA], COLLECTOR CURRENT
-0.4 -0.5 -0.6 -0.7 -0.8 -0.9-0.1
-1
-10
-100
-1000
VCE = -1VPULSE
I C[m
A], C
OLL
EC
TOR
CU
RR
ENT
VBE[V], BASE-EMITTER VOLTAGE
-1 -10 -10010
100
1000
VCE = -5.0V
f T[M
Hz]
, GAI
N-B
AND
WID
TH P
RO
DU
CT
IC[mA], COLLECTOR CURRENT
Package DimensionsB
C327/328
0.46 ±0.10
1.27TYP
(R2.29)
3.86
MA
X
[1.27 ±0.20]
1.27TYP
[1.27 ±0.20]
3.60 ±0.20
14.4
7 ±0
.40
1.02
±0.
10
(0.2
5)4.
58 ±
0.20
4.58+0.25–0.15
0.38+0.10–0.05
0.38
+0.1
0–0
.05
TO-92
Dimensions in Millimeters
©2002 Fairchild Semiconductor Corporation Rev. B1, August 2002
©2002 Fairchild Semiconductor Corporation Rev. I1
TRADEMARKS
The following are registered and unregistered trademarks Fairchild Semiconductor owns or is authorized to use and is notintended to be an exhaustive list of all such trademarks.
DISCLAIMERFAIRCHILD SEMICONDUCTOR RESERVES THE RIGHT TO MAKE CHANGES WITHOUT FURTHER NOTICE TO ANYPRODUCTS HEREIN TO IMPROVE RELIABILITY, FUNCTION OR DESIGN. FAIRCHILD DOES NOT ASSUME ANYLIABILITY ARISING OUT OF THE APPLICATION OR USE OF ANY PRODUCT OR CIRCUIT DESCRIBED HEREIN;NEITHER DOES IT CONVEY ANY LICENSE UNDER ITS PATENT RIGHTS, NOR THE RIGHTS OF OTHERS.
LIFE SUPPORT POLICY
FAIRCHILD’S PRODUCTS ARE NOT AUTHORIZED FOR USE AS CRITICAL COMPONENTS IN LIFE SUPPORTDEVICES OR SYSTEMS WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN APPROVAL OF FAIRCHILD SEMICONDUCTORCORPORATION.As used herein:1. Life support devices or systems are devices or systemswhich, (a) are intended for surgical implant into the body,or (b) support or sustain life, or (c) whose failure to performwhen properly used in accordance with instructions for useprovided in the labeling, can be reasonably expected toresult in significant injury to the user.
2. A critical component is any component of a life supportdevice or system whose failure to perform can bereasonably expected to cause the failure of the life supportdevice or system, or to affect its safety or effectiveness.
PRODUCT STATUS DEFINITIONS
Definition of Terms
Datasheet Identification Product Status Definition
Advance Information Formative or In Design
This datasheet contains the design specifications forproduct development. Specifications may change inany manner without notice.
Preliminary First Production This datasheet contains preliminary data, andsupplementary data will be published at a later date.Fairchild Semiconductor reserves the right to makechanges at any time without notice in order to improvedesign.
No Identification Needed Full Production This datasheet contains final specifications. FairchildSemiconductor reserves the right to make changes atany time without notice in order to improve design.
Obsolete Not In Production This datasheet contains specifications on a productthat has been discontinued by Fairchild semiconductor.The datasheet is printed for reference information only.
FACT™FACT Quiet series™FAST®
FASTr™FRFET™GlobalOptoisolator™GTO™HiSeC™I2C™
ImpliedDisconnect™ISOPLANAR™LittleFET™MicroFET™MicroPak™MICROWIRE™MSX™MSXPro™OCX™OCXPro™OPTOLOGIC®
OPTOPLANAR™
PACMAN™POP™Power247™PowerTrench®
QFET™QS™QT Optoelectronics™Quiet Series™RapidConfigure™RapidConnect™SILENT SWITCHER®
SMART START™
SPM™Stealth™SuperSOT™-3SuperSOT™-6SuperSOT™-8SyncFET™TinyLogic™TruTranslation™UHC™UltraFET®
VCX™
ACEx™ActiveArray™Bottomless™CoolFET™CROSSVOLT™DOME™EcoSPARK™E2CMOS™EnSigna™Across the board. Around the world.™The Power Franchise™Programmable Active Droop™
MOTOROLASEMICONDUCTORTECHNICAL DATA
Motorola TVS/Zener Device Data6-97
500 mW DO-35 Glass Data Sheet
500 mW DO-35 GlassZener Voltage Regulator DiodesGENERAL DATA APPLICABLE TO ALL SERIES INTHIS GROUP
500 MilliwattHermetically SealedGlass Silicon Zener DiodesSpecification Features:• Complete Voltage Range — 1.8 to 200 Volts• DO-204AH Package — Smaller than Conventional DO-204AA Package• Double Slug Type Construction• Metallurgically Bonded Construction
Mechanical Characteristics:
CASE: Double slug type, hermetically sealed glassMAXIMUM LEAD TEMPERATURE FOR SOLDERING PURPOSES: 230°C, 1/16″ from
case for 10 secondsFINISH: All external surfaces are corrosion resistant with readily solderable leadsPOLARITY: Cathode indicated by color band. When operated in zener mode, cathode
will be positive with respect to anodeMOUNTING POSITION: AnyWAFER FAB LOCATION: Phoenix, ArizonaASSEMBLY/TEST LOCATION: Seoul, Korea
MAXIMUM RATINGS (Motorola Devices)*
Rating Symbol Value Unit
DC Power Dissipation and TL ≤ 75°CLead Length = 3/8″Derate above TL = 75°C
PD5004
mWmW/°C
Operating and Storage Temperature Range TJ, Tstg – 65 to +200 °C* Some part number series have lower JEDEC registered ratings.
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
00 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
TL, LEAD TEMPERATURE (°C)
P D, M
AXIM
UM
PO
WER
DIS
SIPA
TIO
N (W
ATTS
)
Figure 1. Steady State Power Derating
HEATSINKS
3/8” 3/8”
GENERALDATA
CASE 299DO-204AH
GLASS
500 mWDO-35 GLASS
GLASS ZENER DIODES500 MILLIWATTS1.8–200 VOLTS
GENERAL DATA — 500 mW DO-35 GLASS
Motorola TVS/Zener Device Data6-98500 mW DO-35 Glass Data Sheet
APPLICATION NOTE — ZENER VOLTAGE
Since the actual voltage available from a given zener diodeis temperature dependent, it is necessary to determine junc-tion temperature under any set of operating conditions in orderto calculate its value. The following procedure is recom-mended:
Lead Temperature, TL, should be determined from:
TL = θLAPD + TA.
θLA is the lead-to-ambient thermal resistance (°C/W) and PD isthe power dissipation. The value for θLA will vary and dependson the device mounting method. θLA is generally 30 to 40°C/Wfor the various clips and tie points in common use and forprinted circuit board wiring.
The temperature of the lead can also be measured using athermocouple placed on the lead as close as possible to the tiepoint. The thermal mass connected to the tie point is normallylarge enough so that it will not significantly respond to heatsurges generated in the diode as a result of pulsed operationonce steady-state conditions are achieved. Using the mea-sured value of TL, the junction temperature may be deter-mined by:
TJ = TL + ∆TJL.
∆TJL is the increase in junction temperature above the leadtemperature and may be found from Figure 2 for dc power:
∆TJL = θJLPD.
For worst-case design, using expected limits of IZ, limits ofPD and the extremes of TJ(∆TJ) may be estimated. Changes involtage, VZ, can then be found from:
∆V = θVZTJ.
θVZ, the zener voltage temperature coefficient, is found fromFigures 4 and 5.
Under high power-pulse operation, the zener voltage willvary with time and may also be affected significantly by thezener resistance. For best regulation, keep current excursionsas low as possible.
Surge limitations are given in Figure 7. They are lower thanwould be expected by considering only junction temperature,as current crowding effects cause temperatures to be ex-tremely high in small spots, resulting in device degradationshould the limits of Figure 7 be exceeded.
L L
500
400
300
200
100
00 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1
2.4–60 V
62–200 V
L, LEAD LENGTH TO HEAT SINK (INCH)JL, J
UN
CTI
ON
-TO
-LEA
D T
HER
MAL
RES
ISTA
NC
E (
C/W
)θ
°
Figure 2. Typical Thermal Resistance
TYPICAL LEAKAGE CURRENTAT 80% OF NOMINALBREAKDOWN VOLTAGE
+25°C
+125°C
100070005000
2000
1000700500
200
1007050
20
1075
2
10.70.5
0.2
0.10.070.05
0.02
0.010.0070.005
0.002
0.0013 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
VZ, NOMINAL ZENER VOLTAGE (VOLTS)
I, L
EAKA
GE
CU
RR
ENT
(A)µ
R
Figure 3. Typical Leakage Current
GENERAL DATA — 500 mW DO-35 GLASS
Motorola TVS/Zener Device Data6-99
500 mW DO-35 Glass Data Sheet
+12
+10
+8
+6
+4
+2
0
–2
–42 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
VZ, ZENER VOLTAGE (VOLTS)
Figure 4a. Range for Units to 12 Volts
VZ @ IZT(NOTE 2)
RANGE
TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENTS(–55°C to +150°C temperature range; 90% of the units are in the ranges indicated.)
1007050
30
20
10
75
3
2
12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 10 20 30 50 70 100
VZ, ZENER VOLTAGE (VOLTS)
Figure 4b. Range for Units 12 to 100 Volts
RANGE VZ @ IZ (NOTE 2)
120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200
200
180
160
140
120
100
VZ, ZENER VOLTAGE (VOLTS)
Figure 4c. Range for Units 120 to 200 Volts
VZ @ IZT(NOTE 2)
+6
+4
+2
0
–2
–43 4 5 6 7 8
VZ, ZENER VOLTAGE (VOLTS)
Figure 5. Effect of Zener Current
NOTE: BELOW 3 VOLTS AND ABOVE 8 VOLTSNOTE: CHANGES IN ZENER CURRENT DO NOTNOTE: AFFECT TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENTS
1 mA
0.01 mA
VZ @ IZTA = 25°C
1000
C, C
APAC
ITAN
CE
(pF)
500
200
100
50
20
10
5
2
11 2 5 10 20 50 100
VZ, ZENER VOLTAGE (VOLTS)
Figure 6a. Typical Capacitance 2.4–100 Volts
TA = 25°C
0 V BIAS
1 V BIAS
50% OFVZ BIAS
1007050
30
20
1075
3
2
1120 140 160 180 190 200 220
VZ, ZENER VOLTAGE (VOLTS)
Figure 6b. Typical Capacitance 120–200 Volts
TA = 25°C
1 VOLT BIAS
50% OF VZ BIAS
0 BIAS
θVZ
, TEM
PER
ATU
RE
CO
EFFI
CIE
NT
(mV/
°C)
20 mA
C, C
APAC
ITAN
CE
(pF)
θVZ
, TEM
PER
ATU
RE
CO
EFFI
CIE
NT
(mV/
°C)
θVZ
, TEM
PER
ATU
RE
CO
EFFI
CIE
NT
(mV/
°C)
θVZ
, TEM
PER
ATU
RE
CO
EFFI
CIE
NT
(mV/
°C)
GENERAL DATA — 500 mW DO-35 GLASS
Motorola TVS/Zener Device Data6-100500 mW DO-35 Glass Data Sheet
1007050
30
20
1075
3
2
10.01 0.02 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.5 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 500 1000
P pk
, PEA
K SU
RG
E PO
WER
(WAT
TS)
PW, PULSE WIDTH (ms)
5% DUTY CYCLE
10% DUTY CYCLE
20% DUTY CYCLE
11 V–91 V NONREPETITIVE
1.8 V–10 V NONREPETITIVE
RECTANGULARWAVEFORMTJ = 25°C PRIOR TOINITIAL PULSE
Figure 7a. Maximum Surge Power 1.8–91 Volts
1000700500300200
10070503020
10753210.01 0.1 1 10 100 1000
P pk
, PEA
K SU
RG
E PO
WER
(WAT
TS)
PW, PULSE WIDTH (ms)
Figure 7b. Maximum Surge Power DO-204AH100–200 Volts
1000500
200
100
50
20
10
1
2
5
0.1 0.2 0.5 1 2 5 10 20 50 100
IZ, ZENER CURRENT (mA)
Figure 8. Effect of Zener Current onZener Impedance
Z Z, D
YNAM
IC IM
PED
ANC
E (O
HM
S)
Z Z, D
YNAM
IC IM
PED
ANC
E (O
HM
S)
1000700500
200
1007050
20
1075
2
11 2 3 5 7 10 20 30 50 70 100
VZ, ZENER VOLTAGE (VOLTS)
Figure 9. Effect of Zener Voltage on Zener Impedance Figure 10. Typical Forward Characteristics
RECTANGULARWAVEFORM, TJ = 25°C
100–200 VOLTS NONREPETITIVE
TJ = 25°CiZ(rms) = 0.1 IZ(dc)f = 60 HzIZ = 1 mA
5 mA
20 mA
TJ = 25°CiZ(rms) = 0.1 IZ(dc)f = 60 Hz
VZ = 2.7 V
47 V
27 V
6.2 V
VF, FORWARD VOLTAGE (VOLTS)
0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 1.1
1000
500
200
100
50
20
10
5
2
1
I F, F
OR
WAR
D C
UR
REN
T (m
A)
MINIMUM
MAXIMUM
150°C
75°C
0°C
25°C
GENERAL DATA — 500 mW DO-35 GLASS
Motorola TVS/Zener Device Data6-101
500 mW DO-35 Glass Data Sheet
Figure 11. Zener Voltage versus Zener Current — V Z = 1 thru 16 Volts
VZ, ZENER VOLTAGE (VOLTS)
I Z, Z
ENER
CU
RR
ENT
(mA)
20
10
1
0.1
0.011 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
TA = 25°
Figure 12. Zener Voltage versus Zener Current — V Z = 15 thru 30 Volts
VZ, ZENER VOLTAGE (VOLTS)
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
10
1
0.1
0.01
TA = 25°
I Z, Z
ENER
CU
RR
ENT
(mA)
GENERAL DATA — 500 mW DO-35 GLASS
Motorola TVS/Zener Device Data6-102500 mW DO-35 Glass Data Sheet
Figure 13. Zener Voltage versus Zener Current — V Z = 30 thru 105 Volts
VZ, ZENER VOLTAGE (VOLTS)
10
1
0.1
0.0130 35 40 45 50 55 60 70 75 80 85 90 95 100
Figure 14. Zener Voltage versus Zener Current — V Z = 110 thru 220 Volts
VZ, ZENER VOLTAGE (VOLTS)
110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 220 230 240 250 260
10
1
0.1
0.01
TA = 25°
65 105
I Z, Z
ENER
CU
RR
ENT
(mA)
I Z, Z
ENER
CU
RR
ENT
(mA)
GENERAL DATA — 500 mW DO-35 GLASS
Motorola TVS/Zener Device Data6-103
500 mW DO-35 Glass Data Sheet
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (TA = 25°C, VF = 1.5 V Max at 200 mA for all types)
T
NominalZener Voltage Test Maximum Zener Impedance
MaximumDC Zener Current
Maximum Reverse Leakage Current
TypeNumber(Note 1)
Zener VoltageVZ @ IZT(Note 2)
Volts
TestCurrent
IZTmA
Maximum Zener ImpedanceZZT @ IZT
(Note 3)Ohms
DC Zener Curren tIZM
(Note 4)mA
TA = 25°CIR @ VR = 1 V
µA
TA = 150°CIR @ VR = 1 V
µA
1N4370A 2.4 20 30 150 100 2001N4371A 2.7 20 30 135 75 1501N4372A 3 20 29 120 50 1001N746A 3.3 20 28 110 10 301N747A 3.6 20 24 100 10 301N748A 3.9 20 23 95 10 30
1N749A 4.3 20 22 85 2 301N750A 4.7 20 19 75 2 301N751A 5.1 20 17 70 1 201N752A 5.6 20 11 65 1 201N753A 6.2 20 7 60 0.1 201N754A 6.8 20 5 55 0.1 20
1N755A 7.5 20 6 50 0.1 201N756A 8.2 20 8 45 0.1 201N757A 9.1 20 10 40 0.1 201N758A 10 20 17 35 0.1 201N759A 12 20 30 30 0.1 20
Type
NominalZener Voltage
VZ
TestCurrent
Maximum Zener Impedance(Note 3)
MaximumDC Zener Current
IZMMaximum Reverse Current
TypeNumber(Note 1)
VZ(Note 2)
Volts
Curren tIZTmA
ZZT @ IZTOhms
ZZK @ IZKOhms
IZKmA
IZM(Note 4)
mAIR Maximum
µATest Voltage Vdc
VR
1N957B 6.8 18.5 4.5 700 1 47 150 5.21N958B 7.5 16.5 5.5 700 0.5 42 75 5.71N959B 8.2 15 6.5 700 0.5 38 50 6.21N960B 9.1 14 7.5 700 0.5 35 25 6.91N961B 10 12.5 8.5 700 0.25 32 10 7.61N962B 11 11.5 9.5 700 0.25 28 5 8.4
1N963B 12 10.5 11.5 700 0.25 26 5 9.11N964B 13 9.5 13 700 0.25 24 5 9.91N965B 15 8.5 16 700 0.25 21 5 11.41N966B 16 7.8 17 700 0.25 19 5 12.21N967B 18 7 21 750 0.25 17 5 13.71N968B 20 6.2 25 750 0.25 15 5 15.2
1N969B 22 5.6 29 750 0.25 14 5 16.71N970B 24 5.2 33 750 0.25 13 5 18.21N971B 27 4.6 41 750 0.25 11 5 20.61N972B 30 4.2 49 1000 0.25 10 5 22.81N973B 33 3.8 58 1000 0.25 9.2 5 25.11N974B 36 3.4 70 1000 0.25 8.5 5 27.4
1N975B 39 3.2 80 1000 0.25 7.8 5 29.71N976B 43 3 93 1500 0.25 7 5 32.71N977B 47 2.7 105 1500 0.25 6.4 5 35.81N978B 51 2.5 125 1500 0.25 5.9 5 38.81N979B 56 2.2 150 2000 0.25 5.4 5 42.61N980B 62 2 185 2000 0.25 4.9 5 47.1
GENERAL DATA — 500 mW DO-35 GLASS
Motorola TVS/Zener Device Data6-104500 mW DO-35 Glass Data Sheet
Type
NominalZener Voltage
VZ
TestCurrent
Maximum Zener Impedance(Note 3)
MaximumDC Zener Current
IZMMaximum Reverse Leakage Current
TypeNumber(Note 1)
VZ(Note 2)
Volts
Curren tIZTmA
ZZT @ IZTOhms
ZZK @ IZKOhms
IZKmA
IZM(Note 4)
mAIR Maximum
µATest Voltage Vdc
VR
1N981B 68 1.8 230 2000 0.25 4.5 5 51.71N982B 75 1.7 270 2000 0.25 4.1 5 561N983B 82 1.5 330 3000 0.25 3.7 5 62.21N984B 91 1.4 400 3000 0.25 3.3 5 69.21N985B 100 1.3 500 3000 0.25 3 5 761N986B 110 1.1 750 4000 0.25 2.7 5 83.6
1N987B 120 1 900 4500 0.25 2.5 5 91.21N988B 130 0.95 1100 5000 0.25 2.3 5 98.81N989B 150 0.85 1500 6000 0.25 2 5 1141N990B 160 0.8 1700 6500 0.25 1.9 5 121.61N991B 180 0.68 2200 7100 0.25 1.7 5 136.81N992B 200 0.65 2500 8000 0.25 1.5 5 152
NOTE 1. TOLERANCE AND VOLTAGE DESIGNATION
Tolerance DesignationThe type numbers shown have tolerance designations as follows:1N4370A series: ±5% units, C for ±2%, D for ±1%.1N746A series: ±5% units, C for ±2%, D for ±1%.1N957B series: ±5% units, C for ±2%, D for ±1%.
NOTE 2. ZENER VOLTAGE (VZ) MEASUREMENT
Nominal zener voltage is measured with the device junction in thermal equilibrium at the leadtemperature of 30°C ±1°C and 3/8″ lead length.
NOTE 3. ZENER IMPEDANCE (ZZ) DERIVATION
ZZT and ZZK are measured by dividing the ac voltage drop across the device by the ac currentapplied. The specified limits are for IZ(ac) = 0.1 IZ(dc) with the ac frequency = 60 Hz.
NOTE 4. MAXIMUM ZENER CURRENT RATINGS (IZM)
Values shown are based on the JEDEC rating of 400 mW. Where the actual zener voltage(VZ) is known at the operating point, the maximum zener current may be increased and islimited by the derating curve.
GENERAL DATA — 500 mW DO-35 GLASS
Motorola TVS/Zener Device Data6-105
500 mW DO-35 Glass Data Sheet
Low level oxide passivated zener diodes for applications re-quiring extremely low operating currents, low leakage, andsharp breakdown voltage.
• Zener Voltage Specified @ IZT = 50 µA• Maximum Delta VZ Given from 10 to 100 µA
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (TA = 25°C, VF = 1.5 V Max at IF = 100 mA for all types)
TypeNumber
Zener VoltageVZ @ IZT = 50 µA
Volts
MaximumReverse Current
IR µA
TestVoltageVR Volts
MaximumZener Current
IZM mA
MaximumVoltage Change
∆VZ VoltsNumber(Note 1) Nom (Note 1) Min Max (Note 3)
IZM mA(Note 2)
∆VZ Volts(Note 4)
1N4678 1.8 1.71 1.89 7.5 1 120 0.71N4679 2 1.9 2.1 5 1 110 0.71N4680 2.2 2.09 2.31 4 1 100 0.751N4681 2.4 2.28 2.52 2 1 95 0.81N4682 2.7 2.565 2.835 1 1 90 0.85
1N4683 3 2.85 3.15 0.8 1 85 0.91N4684 3.3 3.135 3.465 7.5 1.5 80 0.951N4685 3.6 3.42 3.78 7.5 2 75 0.951N4686 3.9 3.705 4.095 5 2 70 0.971N4687 4.3 4.085 4.515 4 2 65 0.99
1N4688 4.7 4.465 4.935 10 3 60 0.991N4689 5.1 4.845 5.355 10 3 55 0.971N4690 5.6 5.32 5.88 10 4 50 0.961N4691 6.2 5.89 6.51 10 5 45 0.951N4692 6.8 6.46 7.14 10 5.1 35 0.9
1N4693 7.5 7.125 7.875 10 5.7 31.8 0.751N4694 8.2 7.79 8.61 1 6.2 29 0.51N4695 8.7 8.265 9.135 1 6.6 27.4 0.11N4696 9.1 8.645 9.555 1 6.9 26.2 0.081N4697 10 9.5 10.5 1 7.6 24.8 0.1
1N4698 11 10.45 11.55 0.05 8.4 21.6 0.111N4699 12 11.4 12.6 0.05 9.1 20.4 0.121N4700 13 12.35 13.65 0.05 9.8 19 0.131N4701 14 13.3 14.7 0.05 10.6 17.5 0.141N4702 15 14.25 15.75 0.05 11.4 16.3 0.15
1N4703 16 15.2 16.8 0.05 12.1 15.4 0.161N4704 17 16.15 17.85 0.05 12.9 14.5 0.171N4705 18 17.1 18.9 0.05 13.6 13.2 0.181N4706 19 18.05 19.95 0.05 14.4 12.5 0.191N4707 20 19 21 0.01 15.2 11.9 0.2
1N4708 22 20.9 23.1 0.01 16.7 10.8 0.221N4709 24 22.8 25.2 0.01 18.2 9.9 0.241N4710 25 23.75 26.25 0.01 19 9.5 0.251N4711 27 25.65 28.35 0.01 20.4 8.8 0.271N4712 28 26.6 29.4 0.01 21.2 8.5 0.28
1N4713 30 28.5 31.5 0.01 22.8 7.9 0.31N4714 33 31.35 34.65 0.01 25 7.2 0.331N4715 36 34.2 37.8 0.01 27.3 6.6 0.361N4716 39 37.05 40.95 0.01 29.6 6.1 0.391N4717 43 40.85 45.15 0.01 32.6 5.5 0.43
NOTE 1. TOLERANCE AND VOLTAGE DESIGNATION (V Z)
The type numbers shown have a standard tolerance of ±5% on the nominal Zener voltage,C for ±2%, D for ±1%.
NOTE 2. MAXIMUM ZENER CURRENT RATINGS (IZM)
Maximum Zener current ratings are based on maximum Zener voltage of the individual unitsand JEDEC 250 mW rating.
NOTE 3. REVERSE LEAKAGE CURRENT (I R)
Reverse leakage currents are guaranteed and measured at VR as shown on the table.
NOTE 4. MAXIMUM VOLTAGE CHANGE ( ∆VZ)
Voltage change is equal to the difference between VZ at 100 µA and VZ at 10 µA.
NOTE 5. ZENER VOLTAGE (VZ) MEASUREMENT
Nominal Zener voltage is measured with the device junction in thermal equilibrium at the leadtemperature at 30°C ±1°C and 3/8″ lead length.
GENERAL DATA — 500 mW DO-35 GLASS
Motorola TVS/Zener Device Data6-106500 mW DO-35 Glass Data Sheet
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (TA = 25°C unless otherwise noted. Based on dc measurements at thermal equilibrium; lead length= 3/8″; thermal resistance of heat sink = 30°C/W) VF = 1.1 Max @ IF = 200 mA for all types.
JEDEC
NominalZener Voltage
VZ @ IZT
TestCurrent
Max Zener Impedance(Note 4)
Max ReverseLeakage Current Max Zener Voltage
Temperature CoeffJEDECType No.(Note 1)
VZ @ IZTVolts
(Note 3)
Curren tIZTmA
ZZT @ IZTOhms
ZZK @ IZK = 0.25 mAOhms
IRµA
VRVolts
Tempera ture Coeff .θVZ (%/°C)
(Note 2)
1N5221B 2.4 20 30 1200 100 1 –0.0851N5222B 2.5 20 30 1250 100 1 –0.0851N5223B 2.7 20 30 1300 75 1 –0.081N5224B 2.8 20 30 1400 75 1 –0.081N5225B 3 20 29 1600 50 1 –0.075
1N5226B 3.3 20 28 1600 25 1 –0.071N5227B 3.6 20 24 1700 15 1 –0.0651N5228B 3.9 20 23 1900 10 1 –0.061N5229B 4.3 20 22 2000 5 1 ±0.0551N5230B 4.7 20 19 1900 5 2 ±0.03
1N5231B 5.1 20 17 1600 5 2 ±0.031N5232B 5.6 20 11 1600 5 3 +0.0381N5233B 6 20 7 1600 5 3.5 +0.0381N5234B 6.2 20 7 1000 5 4 +0.0451N5235B 6.8 20 5 750 3 5 +0.05
1N5236B 7.5 20 6 500 3 6 +0.0581N5237B 8.2 20 8 500 3 6.5 +0.0621N5238B 8.7 20 8 600 3 6.5 +0.0651N5239B 9.1 20 10 600 3 7 +0.0681N5240B 10 20 17 600 3 8 +0.075
1N5241B 11 20 22 600 2 8.4 +0.0761N5242B 12 20 30 600 1 9.1 +0.0771N5243B 13 9.5 13 600 0.5 9.9 +0.0791N5244B 14 9 15 600 0.1 10 +0.0821N5245B 15 8.5 16 600 0.1 11 +0.082
1N5246B 16 7.8 17 600 0.1 12 +0.0831N5247B 17 7.4 19 600 0.1 13 +0.0841N5248B 18 7 21 600 0.1 14 +0.0851N5249B 19 6.6 23 600 0.1 14 +0.0861N5250B 20 6.2 25 600 0.1 15 +0.086
1N5251B 22 5.6 29 600 0.1 17 +0.0871N5252B 24 5.2 33 600 0.1 18 +0.0881N5253B 25 5 35 600 0.1 19 +0.0891N5254B 27 4.6 41 600 0.1 21 +0.091N5255B 28 4.5 44 600 0.1 21 +0.091
1N5256B 30 4.2 49 600 0.1 23 +0.0911N5257B 33 3.8 58 700 0.1 25 +0.0921N5258B 36 3.4 70 700 0.1 27 +0.0931N5259B 39 3.2 80 800 0.1 30 +0.0941N5260B 43 3 93 900 0.1 33 +0.095
1N5261B 47 2.7 105 1000 0.1 36 +0.0951N5262B 51 2.5 125 1100 0.1 39 +0.0961N5263B 56 2.2 150 1300 0.1 43 +0.0961N5264B 60 2.1 170 1400 0.1 46 +0.0971N5265B 62 2 185 1400 0.1 47 +0.097
(continued)
GENERAL DATA — 500 mW DO-35 GLASS
Motorola TVS/Zener Device Data6-107
500 mW DO-35 Glass Data Sheet
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS — continued (TA = 25°C unless otherwise noted. Based on dc measurements at thermal equi-librium; lead length = 3/8″; thermal resistance of heat sink = 30°C/W) VF = 1.1 Max @ IF = 200 mA for all types.
JEDEC
NominalZener Voltage
VZ @ IZT
TestCurrent
Max Zener Impedance(Note 4)
Max ReverseLeakage Current Max Zener Voltage
Temperature CoeffJEDECType No.(Note 1)
VZ @ IZTVolts
(Note 3)
Curren tIZTmA
ZZT @ IZTOhms
ZZK @ IZK = 0.25 mAOhms
IRµA
VRVolts
Tempera ture Coeff .θVZ (%/°C)
(Note 2)
1N5266B 68 1.8 230 1600 0.1 52 +0.0971N5267B 75 1.7 270 1700 0.1 56 +0.0981N5268B 82 1.5 330 2000 0.1 62 +0.0981N5269B 87 1.4 370 2200 0.1 68 +0.0991N5270B 91 1.4 400 2300 0.1 69 +0.099
1N5271B 100 1.3 500 2600 0.1 76 +0.111N5272B 110 1.1 750 3000 0.1 84 +0.111N5273B 120 1 900 4000 0.1 91 +0.111N5274B 130 0.95 1100 4500 0.1 99 +0.111N5275B 140 0.9 1300 4500 0.1 106 +0.11
1N5276B 150 0.85 1500 5000 0.1 114 +0.111N5277B 160 0.8 1700 5500 0.1 122 +0.111N5278B 170 0.74 1900 5500 0.1 129 +0.111N5279B 180 0.68 2200 6000 0.1 137 +0.111N5280B 190 0.66 2400 6500 0.1 144 +0.111N5281B 200 0.65 2500 7000 0.1 152 +0.11
NOTE 1. TOLERANCE
The JEDEC type numbers shown indicate a tolerance of ±5%. For tighter tolerance devicesuse suffixes “C” for ±2% and “D” for ±1%.
NOTE 2. TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT (θVZ)
Test conditions for temperature coefficient are as follows:a. IZT = 7.5 mA, T1 = 25°C,a. T2 = 125°C (1N5221B through 1N5242B).b. IZT = Rated IZT, T1 = 25°C,a. T2 = 125°C (1N5243B through 1N5281B).
Device to be temperature stabilized with current applied prior to reading breakdown voltageat the specified ambient temperature.
NOTE 3. ZENER VOLTAGE (VZ) MEASUREMENT
Nominal zener voltage is measured with the device junction in thermal equilibrium at the leadtemperature of 30°C ±1°C and 3/8″ lead length.
NOTE 4. ZENER IMPEDANCE (ZZ) DERIVATION
ZZT and ZZK are measured by dividing the ac voltage drop across the device by the ac currentapplied. The specified limits are for IZ(ac) = 0.1 IZ(dc) with the ac frequency = 60 Hz.
For more information on special selections contact your nearest Motorola representa-tive.
GENERAL DATA — 500 mW DO-35 GLASS
Motorola TVS/Zener Device Data6-108500 mW DO-35 Glass Data Sheet
*ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (TL = 30°C unless otherwise noted.) (VF = 1.5 Volts Max @ IF = 100 mAdc for all types.)
MotorolaNominal
Zener Voltage TestMax Zener Impedance (Note 3) Max Reverse Leakage Current Max DC
ZenerMotorolaType
Number(Note 1)
Zener VoltageVZ @ IZT
Volts(Note 4)
TestCurrent
IZTmA
ZZT @ IZTOhms
ZZK @ IZK =Ohms 0.25 mA
IRµA
VRVolts
ZenerCurrent
IZM(Note 2)
1N5985B 2.4 5 100 1800 100 1 2081N5986B 2.7 5 100 1900 75 1 1851N5987B 3 5 95 2000 50 1 1671N5988B 3.3 5 95 2200 25 1 1521N5989B 3.6 5 90 2300 15 1 139
1N5990B 3.9 5 90 2400 10 1 1281N5991B 4.3 5 88 2500 5 1 1161N5992B 4.7 5 70 2200 3 1.5 1061N5993B 5.1 5 50 2050 2 2 981N5994B 5.6 5 25 1800 2 3 89
1N5995B 6.2 5 10 1300 1 4 811N5996B 6.8 5 8 750 1 5.2 741N5997B 7.5 5 7 600 0.5 6 671N5998B 8.2 5 7 600 0.5 6.5 611N5999B 9.1 5 10 600 0.1 7 55
1N6000B 10 5 15 600 0.1 8 501N6001B 11 5 18 600 0.1 8.4 451N6002B 12 5 22 600 0.1 9.1 421N6003B 13 5 25 600 0.1 9.9 381N6004B 15 5 32 600 0.1 11 33
1N6005B 16 5 36 600 0.1 12 311N6006B 18 5 42 600 0.1 14 281N6007B 20 5 48 600 0.1 15 251N6008B 22 5 55 600 0.1 17 231N6009B 24 5 62 600 0.1 18 21
1N6010B 27 5 70 600 0.1 21 191N6011B 30 5 78 600 0.1 23 171N6012B 33 5 88 700 0.1 25 151N6013B 36 5 95 700 0.1 27 141N6014B 39 2 130 800 0.1 30 13
1N6015B 43 2 150 900 0.1 33 121N6016B 47 2 170 1000 0.1 36 111N6017B 51 2 180 1300 0.1 39 9.81N6018B 56 2 200 1400 0.1 43 8.91N6019B 62 2 225 1400 0.1 47 8
1N6020B 68 2 240 1600 0.1 52 7.41N6021B 75 2 265 1700 0.1 56 6.71N6022B 82 2 280 2000 0.1 62 6.11N6023B 91 2 300 2300 0.1 69 5.51N6024B 100 1 500 2600 0.1 76 51N6025B 110 1 650 3000 0.1 84 4.5
*Indicates JEDEC Registered Data
NOTE 1. TOLERANCE AND VOLTAGE DESIGNATIONTolerance designation — Device tolerances of ±5% are indicated by a “B” suffix, ±2% by a“C” suffix, ±1% by a “D” suffix.
NOTE 2.
This data was calculated using nominal voltages. The maximum current handling capabilityon a worst case basis is limited by the actual zener voltage at the operating point and the pow-er derating curve.
NOTE 3.
ZZT and ZZK are measured by dividing the ac voltage drop across the device by the ac currentapplied. The specified limits are for IZ(ac) = 0.1 IZ(dc) with the ac frequency = 1.0 kHz.
NOTE 4.
Nominal Zener Voltage (VZ) is measured with the device junction in thermal equilibrium at thelead temperature of 30°C ±1°C and 3/8″ lead length.
@
GENERAL DATA — 500 mW DO-35 GLASS
Motorola TVS/Zener Device Data6-109
500 mW DO-35 Glass Data Sheet
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (TL = 30°C unless otherwise noted.) (VF = 1.3 Volts Max, IF = 100 mAdc for all types.)
VZT at IZT(V)
Max ZenerImpedance
(Note 3)
I
Max ReverseLeakage Current
IR at VR(µA)
IMotorolaType
NumberMin
(Note 1)Max
(Note 1)
(Note 3)ZZT @ IZT
(Ohms)Max
IZT(mA)
Tamb25°CMax
Tamb125°CMax
VR(V)
IZM(mA)
(Note 2)
BZX55C2V4RL 2.28 2.56 85 5 50 100 1 155BZX55C2V7RL 2.5 2.9 85 5 10 50 1 135BZX55C3V0RL 2.8 3.2 85 5 4 40 1 125BZX55C3V3RL 3.1 3.5 85 5 2 40 1 115BZX55C3V6RL 3.4 3.8 85 5 2 40 1 105
BZX55C3V9RL 3.7 4.1 85 5 2 40 1 95BZX55C4V3RL 4 4.6 75 5 1 20 1 90BZX55C4V7RL 4.4 5 60 5 0.5 10 1 85BZX55C5V1RL 4.8 5.4 35 5 0.1 2 1 80BZX55C5V6RL 5.2 6 25 5 0.1 2 1 70
BZX55C6V2RL 5.8 6.6 10 5 0.1 2 2 64BZX55C6V8RL 6.4 7.2 8 5 0.1 2 3 58BZX55C7V5RL 7 7.9 7 5 0.1 2 5 53BZX55C8V2RL 7.7 8.7 7 5 0.1 2 6 47BZX55C9V1RL 8.5 9.6 10 5 0.1 2 7 43
BZX55C10RL 9.4 10.6 15 5 0.1 2 7.5 40BZX55C11RL 10.4 11.6 20 5 0.1 2 8.5 36BZX55C12RL 11.4 12.7 20 5 0.1 2 9 32BZX55C13RL 12.4 14.1 26 5 0.1 2 10 29BZX55C15RL 13.8 15.6 30 5 0.1 2 11 27
BZX55C16RL 15.3 17.1 40 5 0.1 2 12 24BZX55C18RL 16.8 19.1 50 5 0.1 2 14 21BZX55C20RL 18.8 21.1 55 5 0.1 2 15 20BZX55C22RL 20.8 23.3 55 5 0.1 2 17 18BZX55C24RL 22.8 25.6 80 5 0.1 2 18 16
BZX55C27RL 25.1 28.9 80 5 0.1 2 20 14BZX55C30RL 28 32 80 5 0.1 2 22 13BZX55C33RL 31 35 80 5 0.1 2 24 12BZX55C36RL 34 38 80 5 0.1 2 27 11BZX55C39RL 37 41 90 2.5 0.1 5 28 10
BZX55C43RL 40 46 90 2.5 0.1 5 32 9.2BZX55C47RL 44 50 110 2.5 0.1 5 35 8.5BZX55C51RL 48 54 125 2.5 0.1 10 38 7.8BZX55C56RL 52 60 135 2.5 0.1 10 42 7BZX55C62RL 58 66 150 2.5 0.1 10 47 6.4
BZX55C68RL 64 72 160 2.5 0.1 10 51 5.9BZX55C75RL 70 80 170 2.5 0.1 10 56 5.3BZX55C82RL 77 87 200 2.5 0.1 10 62 4.8BZX55C91RL 85 96 250 1 0.1 10 69 4.3
NOTE 1. TOLERANCE AND VOLTAGE DESIGNATION
Tolerance designation — The type numbers listed have zener voltage min/max limits asshown. Device tolerance of ±2% are indicated by a “B” instead of a “C”. Zener voltage is mea-sured with the device junction in thermal equilibrium at the lead temperature of 30°C ±1°Cand 3/8″ lead length.
NOTE 2.
This data was calculated using nominal voltages. The maximum current handling capability
on a worst case basis is limited by the actual zener voltage at the operating point and the pow-er derating curve.
NOTE 3.
ZZT and ZZK are measured by dividing the ac voltage drop across the device by the ac currentapplied. The specified limtis are for IZ(ac) = 0.1 IZ(dc) with the ac frequency = 1.0 kHz.
GENERAL DATA — 500 mW DO-35 GLASS
Motorola TVS/Zener Device Data6-110500 mW DO-35 Glass Data Sheet
*ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (TL = 30°C unless otherwise noted.) (VF = 1.5 Volts Max @ IF = 100 mAdc for all types.)
D i T
Zener Voltage(Note 1)(Note 4)
Impedance (Ohm)@ IZT
f = 1000 HzLeakage Current
(µA)
Temp. Coefficient(Typical)(mV/°C)
Capacitance(Typical)
(pF)Device Type
(Note 2) Min MaxIZT =(mA)
Max(Note 3) Max
@ VR =(Volt) Min Max
(pF)VR = 0,
f = 1.0 MHz
BZX79C2V4RL 2.2 2.6 5 100 100 1 –3.5 0 255BZX79C2V7RL 2.5 2.9 5 100 75 1 –3.5 0 230BZX79C3V0RL 2.8 3.2 5 95 50 1 –3.5 0 215BZX79C3V3RL 3.1 3.5 5 95 25 1 –3.5 0 200BZX79C3V6RL 3.4 3.8 5 90 15 1 –3.5 0 185
BZX79C3V9RL 3.7 4.1 5 90 10 1 –3.5 +0.3 175BZX79C4V3RL 4 4.6 5 90 5 1 –3.5 +1 160BZX79C4V7RL 4.4 5 5 80 3 2 –3.5 +0.2 130BZX79C5V1RL 4.8 5.4 5 60 2 2 –2.7 +1.2 110BZX79C5V6RL 5.2 6 5 40 1 2 –2 +2.5 95
BZX79C6V2RL 5.8 6.6 5 10 3 4 0.4 3.7 90BZX79C6V8RL 6.4 7.2 5 15 2 4 1.2 4.5 85BZX79C7V5RL 7 7.9 5 15 1 5 2.5 5.3 80BZX79C8V2RL 7.7 8.7 5 15 0.7 5 3.2 6.2 75BZX79C9V1RL 8.5 9.6 5 15 0.5 6 3.8 7 70
BZX79C10RL 9.4 10.6 5 20 0.2 7 4.5 8 70BZX79C11RL 10.4 11.6 5 20 0.1 8 5.4 9 65BZX79C12RL 11.4 12.7 5 25 0.1 8 6 10 65BZX79C13RL 12.4 14.1 5 30 0.1 8 7 11 60BZX79C15RL 13.8 15.6 5 30 0.05 10.5 9.2 13 55
BZX79C16RL 15.3 17.1 5 40 0.05 11.2 10.4 14 52BZX79C18RL 16.8 19.1 5 45 0.05 12.6 12.9 16 47BZX79C20RL 18.8 21.2 5 55 0.05 14 14.4 18 36BZX79C22RL 20.8 23.3 5 55 0.05 15.4 16.4 20 34BZX79C24RL 22.8 25.6 5 70 0.05 16.8 18.4 22 33
BZX79C27RL 25.1 28.9 2 80 0.05 18.9 23.5 30BZX79C30RL 28 32 2 80 0.05 21 26 27BZX79C33RL 31 35 2 80 0.05 23.1 29 25BZX79C36RL 34 38 2 90 0.05 25.2 31 23BZX79C39RL 37 41 2 130 0.05 27.3 34 21
BZX79C43RL 40 46 2 150 0.05 30.1 37 21BZX79C47RL 44 50 2 170 0.05 32.9 40 19BZX79C51RL 48 54 2 180 0.05 35.7 44 19BZX79C56RL 52 60 2 200 0.05 39.2 47 18BZX79C62RL 58 66 2 215 0.05 43.4 51 17
BZX79C68RL 64 72 2 240 0.05 47.6 56 17BZX79C75RL 70 79 2 255 0.05 52.5 60 16.5BZX79C82RL 77 87 2 280 0.1 62 46 95 29BZX79C91RL 85 96 2 300 0.1 69 51 107 28BZX79C100RL 94 106 1 500 0.1 76 57 119 27
BZX79C110RL 104 116 1 650 0.1 84 63 131 26BZX79C120RL 114 127 1 800 0.1 91 69 144 24BZX79C130RL 124 141 1 950 0.1 99 75 158 23BZX79C150RL 138 156 1 1250 0.1 114 87 185 21BZX79C160RL 153 171 1 1400 0.1 122 93 200 20
BZX79C180RL 168 191 1 1700 0.1 137 105 228 18BZX79C200RL 188 212 1 2000 0.1 152 120 255 17
NOTE 1. Zener voltage is measured under pulse conditions such that TJ is no more than 2°Cabove TA.
NOTE 2. TOLERANCE AND VOLTAGE DESIGNATION
Tolerance designation —– The type numbers listed have zener voltage min/max limits as
shown. Device tolerances of ±2% are indicated by a “B” instead of a “C,” and ±1% by “A.”
NOTE 3. ZZT is measured by dividing the ac voltage drop across the device by the ac currentapplied. The specified limits are for IZ(ac) = 0.1 IZ(dc) with the ac frequency = 1.0 kHz.
GENERAL DATA — 500 mW DO-35 GLASS
Motorola TVS/Zener Device Data6-111
500 mW DO-35 Glass Data Sheet
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (at TA = 25°C)Motorola ZPD and BZX83C series. Forward Voltage VF = 1 Volt Max at IF = 50 mA.
Zener Voltage (Note 1)at IZT = 5.0 mA
Impedance ( Ω)Max (Note 2) Typ. Temp.
C ff
VR Min
at IZ = 1 mA
yp pCoeff.at IZT
V
Device Type Nominal Min Max at IZT BZX83 ZPDat IZT
% per °C BZX83 ZPD at IR
BZX83C2V7RL ZPD2.7RL 2.7 2.5 2.9 85 600 500 –0.09...–0.04 1 — 100 mABZX83C3V0RL ZPD3.0RL 3 2.8 3.2 90 600 500 –0.09...–0.03 1 — 160 mABZX83C3V3RL ZPD3.3RL 3.3 3.1 3.5 90 600 500 –0.08...–0.03 1 — 130 mABZX83C3V6RL ZPD3.6RL 3.6 3.4 3.8 90 600 500 –0.08...–0.03 1 — 120 mABZX83C3V9RL ZPD3.9RL 3.9 3.7 4.1 85 600 500 –0.07...–0.03 1 — 110 mA
BZX83C4V3RL ZPD4.3RL 4.3 4 4.6 80 600 500 –0.06...–0.01 1 — 115 mABZX83C4V7RL ZPD4.7RL 4.7 4.4 5 78 600 500 –0.05...+0.02 1 — 112 mABZX83C5V1RL ZPD5.1RL 5.1 4.8 5.4 60 550 480 –0.03...+0.04 0.8 100 nABZX83C5V6RL ZPD5.6RL 5.6 5.2 6 40 450 400 –0.02...+0.06 1 100 nABZX83C6V2RL ZPD6.2RL 6.2 5.8 6.6 10 200 –0.01...+0.07 2 100 nA
BZX83C6V8RL ZPD6.8RL 6.8 6.4 7.2 8 150 +0.02...+0.07 3 100 nABZX83C7V5RL ZPD7.5RL 7.5 7 7.9 7 50 +0.03...+0.07 5 100 nABZX83C8V2RL ZPD8.2RL 8.2 7.7 8.7 7 50 +0.04...+0.07 6 100 nABZX83C9V1RL ZPD9.1RL 9.1 8.5 9.6 10 50 +0.05...+0.08 7 100 nABZX83C10RL ZPD10RL 10 9.4 10.6 15 70 +0.05...+0.08 7.5 100 nA
BZX83C11RL ZPD11RL 11 10.4 11.6 20 70 +0.05...+0.09 8.5 100 nABZX83C12RL ZPD12RL 12 11.4 12.7 20 90 +0.06...+0.09 9 100 nABZX83C13RL ZPD13RL 13 12.4 14.1 25 110 +0.07...+0.09 10 100 nABZX83C15RL ZPD15RL 15 13.8 15.6 30 110 +0.07...+0.09 11 100 nABZX83C16RL ZPD16RL 16 15.3 17.1 40 170 +0.08...+0.095 12 100 nA
BZX83C18RL ZPD18RL 18 16.8 19.1 50 170 +0.08...+0.10 14 100 nABZX83C20RL ZPD20RL 20 18.8 21.2 55 220 +0.08...+0.10 15 100 nABZX83C22RL ZPD22RL 22 20.8 23.3 55 220 +0.08...+0.10 17 100 nABZX83C24RL ZPD24RL 24 22.8 25.6 80 220 +0.08...+0.10 18 100 nABZX83C27RL ZPD27RL 27 25.1 28.9 80 250 +0.08...+0.10 20 100 nABZX83C30RL ZPD30RL 30 28 32 80 250 +0.08...+0.10 22 100 nABZX83C33RL ZPD33RL 33 31 35 80 250 +0.08...+0.10 24 100 nA
NOTE 1. Pulse test.NOTE 2. f = 1.0 kHz, IZ(ac) = 0.1 IZ(dc).
@(Note 5)
GENERAL DATA — 500 mW DO-35 GLASS
Motorola TVS/Zener Device Data6-112500 mW DO-35 Glass Data Sheet
Designed for 250 mW applications requiring low leakage,low impedance. Same as 1N4099 through 1N4104 and1N4614 through 1N4627 except low noise test omitted.
• Voltage Range from 1.8 to 10 Volts• Zener Impedance and Zener Voltage Specified for Low-
Level Operation at IZT = 250 µA
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (TA = 25°C unless otherwise specified. IZT = 250 µA and VF = 1 V Max @ IF = 200 mA for allELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS types)
TypeNumber(Note 1)
NominalZener Voltage
VZ(Note 2)(Volts)
Max ZenerImpedance
ZZT(Note 3)(Ohms)
MaxReverseCurrent
IR(µA)
TestVoltage
VR(Volts)
Max Zener CurrentIZM
(Note 4)(mA)
MZ4614 1.8 1200 7.5 1 120MZ4615 2 1250 5 1 110MZ4616 2.2 1300 4 1 100MZ4617 2.4 1400 2 1 95MZ4618 2.7 1500 1 1 90
MZ4619 3 1600 0.8 1 85MZ4620 3.3 1650 7.5 1.5 80MZ4621 3.6 1700 7.5 2 75MZ4622 3.9 1650 5 2 70MZ4623 4.3 1600 4 2 65
MZ4624 4.7 1550 10 3 60MZ4625 5.1 1500 10 3 55MZ4626 5.6 1400 10 4 50MZ4627 6.2 1200 10 5 45MZ4099 6.8 200 10 5.2 35
MZ4100 7.5 200 10 5.7 31.8MZ4101 8.2 200 1 6.3 29MZ4102 8.7 200 1 6.7 27.4MZ4103 9.1 200 1 7 26.2MZ4104 10 200 1 7.6 24.8
NOTE 1. TOLERANCE AND VOLTAGE DESIGNATIONThe type numbers shown have a standard tolerance of ±5% on the nominal zener voltage.
NOTE 2. ZENER VOLTAGE (VZ) MEASUREMENT
Nominal Zener Voltage is measured with the device junction in the thermal equilibrium withambient temperature of 25°C.
NOTE 3. ZENER IMPEDANCE (ZZT) DERIVATION
The zener impedance is derived from the 60 cycle ac voltage, which results when an ac cur-rent having an rms value equal to 10% of the dc zener current (IZT) is superimposed on IZT.
NOTE 4. MAXIMUM ZENER CURRENT RATINGS (IZM)
Maximum zener current ratings are based on maximum zener voltage of the individual units.
NOTE 5. REVERSE LEAKAGE CURRENT I RReverse leakage currents are guaranteed and are measured at VR as shown on the table.
NOTE 6. SPECIAL SELECTORS AVAILABLE INCLUDE:
A) Tighter voltage tolerances. Contact your nearest Motorola representative for more infor-mation.
GENERAL DATA — 500 mW DO-35 GLASS
Motorola TVS/Zener Device Data6-113
500 mW DO-35 Glass Data Sheet
Low Voltage Avalanche PassivatedSilicon Oxide Zener Regulator DiodesSame as 1N5520B through 1N5530B except low noise testspec omitted.• Low Maximum Regulation Factor• Low Zener Impedance• Low Leakage Current
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (TA = 25°C unless otherwise specified. Based on dc measurements at thermal equilibrium;ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS VF = 1.1 Max @ IF = 200 mA for all types.)
M l
NominalZener
TMax Zener
Max Reverse Leakage Current MaximumDC Zener Regulation Low
MotorolaType No.(Note 1)
ZenerVoltage
VZ @ IZTVolts
(Note 2)
TestCurrent
IZTmAdc
Max ZenerImpedanceZZT @ IZT
Ohms(Note 3)
IRµAdc
(Note 4) VR – Volts
DC ZenerCurrent
IZMmAdc
(Note 5)
RegulationFactor
∆VZVolts
(Note 6)
LowVZ
CurrentIZL
mAdc
MZ5520B 3.9 20 22 1 1 98 0.85 2.0MZ5521B 4.3 20 18 3 1.5 88 0.75 2.0MZ5522B 4.7 10 22 2 2 81 0.6 1.0MZ5523B 5.1 5 26 2 2.5 75 0.65 0.25MZ5524B 5.6 3 30 2 3.5 68 0.3 0.25
MZ5525B 6.2 1 30 1 5 61 0.2 0.01MZ5526B 6.8 1 30 1 6.2 56 0.1 0.01MZ5527B 7.5 1 35 0.5 6.8 51 0.05 0.01MZ5528B 8.2 1 40 0.5 7.5 46 0.05 0.01MZ5529B 9.1 1 45 0.1 8.2 42 0.05 0.01MZ5530B 10 1 60 0.05 9.1 38 0.1 0.01
NOTE 1. TOLERANCE AND VOLTAGE DESIGNATION
The “B” suffix type numbers listed are ±5% tolerance of nominal VZ.
NOTE 2. ZENER VOLTAGE (VZ) MEASUREMENT
Nominal zener voltage is measured with the device junction in thermal equilibrium with ambi-ent temperature of 25°C.
NOTE 3. ZENER IMPEDANCE (ZZ) DERIVATION
The zener impedance is derived from the 60 Hz ac voltage, which results when an ac currenthaving an rms value equal to 10% of the dc zener current (IZT) is superimposed on IZT.
NOTE 4. REVERSE LEAKAGE CURRENT I RReverse leakage currents are guaranteed and are measured at VR as shown on the table.
NOTE 5. MAXIMUM REGULATOR CURRENT (I ZM)
The maximum current shown is based on the maximum voltage of a ±5% type unit, therefore,it applies only to the “B” suffix device. The actual IZM for any device may not exceed the valueof 400 milliwatts divided by the actual VZ of the device.
NOTE 6. MAXIMUM REGULATION FACTOR ( ∆VZ)
∆VZ is the maximum difference between VZ at IZT and VZ at IZL measured with the devicejunction in thermal equilibrium.
NOTE 7. SPECIAL SELECTORS AVAILABLE INCLUDE:
A) Tighter voltage tolerances. Contact your nearest Motorola representative for more infor-mation.
GENERAL DATA — 500 mW DO-35 GLASS
Motorola TVS/Zener Device Data6-114500 mW DO-35 Glass Data Sheet
500 mW DO-35 Glass
MULTIPLE PACKAGE QUANTITY (MPQ)REQUIREMENTS
Zener Voltage Regulator Diodes — Axial Leaded
CASE 299-02DO-204AH
GLASS
(Refer to Section 10 for Surface Mount, Thermal Data and Footprint Information.)
Refer to Section 10 for more information on Packaging Specifications.
MIN MINMAX MAXMILLIMETERS INCHES
DIM3.051.520.46—
25.40
5.082.290.561.2738.10
0.1200.0600.018—
1.000
0.2000.0900.0220.0501.500
ABDFK
All JEDEC dimensions and notes apply.
NOTES:1. PACKAGE CONTOUR OPTIONAL WITHIN A AND B
HEAT SLUGS, IF ANY, SHALL BE INCLUDEDWITHIN THIS CYLINDER, BUT NOT SUBJECT TOTHE MINIMUM LIMIT OF B.
2. LEAD DIAMETER NOT CONTROLLED IN ZONE FTO ALLOW FOR FLASH, LEAD FINISH BUILDUPAND MINOR IRREGULARITIES OTHER THANHEAT SLUGS.
3. POLARITY DENOTED BY CATHODE BAND.4. DIMENSIONING AND TOLERANCING PER ANSI
Y14.5M, 1982.
B
A
KD
F
F
K
Package Option
Tape and Reel 5K
Type No. Suffix
RL, RL2(1)
MPQ (Units)
Tape and Ammo TA, TA2(1) 5K
NOTES: 1. The “2” suffix refers to 26 mm tape spacing.NOTES: 2. Radial Tape and Reel may be available. Please contact your MotorolaNOTES: 2. representative.
GENERAL DATA — 500 mW DO-35 GLASS
Motorola TVS/Zener Device Data6-115
500 mW DO-35 Glass Data Sheet
1–1.3 Watt DO-41 GlassZener Voltage Regulator DiodesGENERAL DATA APPLICABLE TO ALL SERIES INTHIS GROUP
One Watt Hermetically Sealed GlassSilicon Zener Diodes
Specification Features:• Complete Voltage Range — 3.3 to 100 Volts• DO-41 Package• Double Slug Type Construction• Metallurgically Bonded Construction• Oxide Passivated Die
Mechanical Characteristics:
CASE: Double slug type, hermetically sealed glassMAXIMUM LEAD TEMPERATURE FOR SOLDERING PURPOSES: 230°C, 1/16″ from
case for 10 secondsFINISH: All external surfaces are corrosion resistant with readily solderable leadsPOLARITY: Cathode indicated by color band. When operated in zener mode, cathode
will be positive with respect to anodeMOUNTING POSITION: AnyWAFER FAB LOCATION: Phoenix, ArizonaASSEMBLY/TEST LOCATION: Seoul, Korea
MAXIMUM RATINGS
Rating Symbol Value Unit
DC Power Dissipation @ TA = 50°CDerate above 50°C
PD 16.67
WattmW/°C
Operating and Storage Junction Temperature Range TJ, Tstg – 65 to +200 °C
Figure 1. Power Temperature Derating Curve
TL, LEAD TEMPERATURE (°C)
P ,
MAX
IMU
M D
ISSI
PATI
ON
(WAT
TS)
D
0 20 40 60 20080 100 120 140 160 180
0.25
0.5
0.75
1
1.25L = LEAD LENGTH TO HEAT SINK
L = 3/8″L = 1/8″L = 1″
GENERALDATA
CASE 59-03DO-41GLASS
1–1.3 WATTDO-41 GLASS
1 WATTZENER REGULATOR
DIODES3.3–100 VOLTS
GENERAL DATA — 500 mW DO-35 GLASS
Motorola TVS/Zener Device Data6-116500 mW DO-35 Glass Data Sheet
Figure 2. Temperature Coefficients(–55°C to +150°C temperature range; 90% of the units are in the ranges indicated.)
a. Range for Units to 12 Volts b. Range for Units to 12 to 100 Volts
+12
+10
+8
+6
+4
+2
0
–2
–42 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
VZ, ZENER VOLTAGE (VOLTS)
θVZ
, TEM
PER
ATU
RE
CO
EFFI
CIE
NT
(mV/
°C) 100
7050
30
20
1075
3
2
110 20 30 50 70 100
VZ, ZENER VOLTAGE (VOLTS)
θVZ
, TEM
PER
ATU
RE
CO
EFFI
CIE
NT
(mV/
°C)
VZ @ IZTRANGE
RANGE VZ @ IZT
Figure 3. Typical Thermal Resistanceversus Lead Length
Figure 4. Effect of Zener Current
175
150
125
100
75
50
25
00 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1
L, LEAD LENGTH TO HEAT SINK (INCHES)θ JL
, JU
NC
TIO
N-T
O-L
EAD
TH
ERM
AL R
ESIS
TAN
CE
(mV/
°C/W
)
θVZ
, TEM
PER
ATU
RE
CO
EFFI
CIE
NT
(mV/
°C) +6
+4
+2
0
–2
–43 4 5 6 7 8
VZ, ZENER VOLTAGE (VOLTS)
VZ @ IZTA = 25°C
20 mA
0.01 mA1 mA
NOTE: BELOW 3 VOLTS AND ABOVE 8 VOLTSNOTE: CHANGES IN ZENER CURRENT DO NOTNOTE: EFFECT TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENTS
Figure 5. Maximum Surge Power
1007050
30
20
1075
32
10.01 0.02 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.5 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 500 1000
PW, PULSE WIDTH (ms)This graph represents 90 percentile data points.For worst case design characteristics, multiply surge power by 2/3.
P pk,
PEA
K SU
RG
E PO
WER
(WAT
TS)
11 V–100 V NONREPETITIVE
3.3 V–10 V NONREPETITIVE5% DUTY CYCLE
10% DUTY CYCLE
20% DUTY CYCLE
RECTANGULARWAVEFORMTJ = 25°C PRIOR TOINITIAL PULSE
GENERAL DATA — 500 mW DO-35 GLASS
Motorola TVS/Zener Device Data6-117
500 mW DO-35 Glass Data Sheet
Figure 10. Typical Forward Characteristics
VF, FORWARD VOLTAGE (VOLTS)
0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 1.1
1000500
200
100
50
20
10
5
2
1
I F, F
OR
WAR
D C
UR
REN
T (m
A)
MAXIMUM
150°C
75°C
0°C
25°C
Figure 6. Effect of Zener Currenton Zener Impedance
Figure 7. Effect of Zener Voltageon Zener Impedance
Figure 9. Typical Capacitance versus V Z
Figure 8. Typical Leakage Current
1000500
200
100
50
20
10
5
2
10.1 0.2 0.5 1 2 5 10 20 50 100
IZ, ZENER CURRENT (mA)
ZZ
, DYN
AMIC
IMPE
DAN
CE
(OH
MS)
1000700500
200
1007050
20
1075
2
11 2 100
VZ, ZENER CURRENT (mA)3 5 7 10 20 30 50 70
ZZ
, DYN
AMIC
IMPE
DAN
CE
(OH
MS)
1000070005000
2000
1000700500
200
1007050
20
1075
2
10.70.5
0.2
0.10.070.05
0.02
0.010.0070.005
0.002
0.001
I R, L
EAKA
GE
CU
RR
ENT
(µA)
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
VZ, NOMINAL ZENER VOLTAGE (VOLTS)
+25°C
+125°C
TYPICAL LEAKAGE CURRENTAT 80% OF NOMINALBREAKDOWN VOLTAGE
TJ = 25°CiZ(rms) = 0.1 IZ(dc)f = 60 Hz
6.2 V
27 V
VZ = 2.7 V
47 V
TJ = 25°CiZ(rms) = 0.1 IZ(dc)f = 60 Hz
20 mA
5 mA
IZ = 1 mA
0 V BIAS
1 V BIAS
400300
200
100
50
20
108
41 2 5 10 20 50 100
VZ, NOMINAL VZ (VOLTS)
C, C
APAC
ITAN
CE
(pF)
50% OF BREAKDOWN BIAS
MINIMUM
GENERAL DATA — 500 mW DO-35 GLASS
Motorola TVS/Zener Device Data6-118500 mW DO-35 Glass Data Sheet
APPLICATION NOTE
Since the actual voltage available from a given zener diodeis temperature dependent, it is necessary to determine junc-tion temperature under any set of operating conditions in orderto calculate its value. The following procedure is recom-mended:
Lead Temperature, TL, should be determined from:
TL = θLAPD + TA.
θLA is the lead-to-ambient thermal resistance (°C/W) and PD isthe power dissipation. The value for θLA will vary and dependson the device mounting method. θLA is generally 30 to 40°C/Wfor the various clips and tie points in common use and forprinted circuit board wiring.
The temperature of the lead can also be measured using athermocouple placed on the lead as close as possible to the tiepoint. The thermal mass connected to the tie point is normallylarge enough so that it will not significantly respond to heatsurges generated in the diode as a result of pulsed operationonce steady-state conditions are achieved. Using the mea-sured value of TL, the junction temperature may be deter-mined by:
TJ = TL + ∆TJL.∆TJL is the increase in junction temperature above the lead
temperature and may be found as follows:
∆TJL = θJLPD.
θJL may be determined from Figure 3 for dc power condi-tions. For worst-case design, using expected limits of IZ, limitsof PD and the extremes of TJ(∆TJ) may be estimated. Changesin voltage, VZ, can then be found from:
∆V = θVZ ∆TJ.
θVZ, the zener voltage temperature coefficient, is found fromFigure 2.
Under high power-pulse operation, the zener voltage willvary with time and may also be affected significantly by thezener resistance. For best regulation, keep current excursionsas low as possible.
Surge limitations are given in Figure 5. They are lower thanwould be expected by considering only junction temperature,as current crowding effects cause temperatures to be ex-tremely high in small spots, resulting in device degradationshould the limits of Figure 5 be exceeded.
GENERAL DATA — 500 mW DO-35 GLASS
Motorola TVS/Zener Device Data6-119
500 mW DO-35 Glass Data Sheet
*ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (TA = 25°C unless otherwise noted) VF = 1.2 V Max, IF = 200 mA for all types.
JEDEC
NominalZener Voltage Test
Maximum Zener Impedance (Note 4) Leakage CurrentSurge Current @
JEDECType No.(Note 1)
Zener VoltageVZ @ IZT
Volts(Notes 2 and 3)
TestCurrent
IZTmA
ZZT @ IZTOhms
ZZK @ IZKOhms
IZKmA
IRµA Max
VRVolts
Surge Current @TA = 25°C
ir – mA(Note 5)
1N4728A 3.3 76 10 400 1 100 1 13801N4729A 3.6 69 10 400 1 100 1 12601N4730A 3.9 64 9 400 1 50 1 11901N4731A 4.3 58 9 400 1 10 1 10701N4732A 4.7 53 8 500 1 10 1 970
1N4733A 5.1 49 7 550 1 10 1 8901N4734A 5.6 45 5 600 1 10 2 8101N4735A 6.2 41 2 700 1 10 3 7301N4736A 6.8 37 3.5 700 1 10 4 6601N4737A 7.5 34 4 700 0.5 10 5 605
1N4738A 8.2 31 4.5 700 0.5 10 6 5501N4739A 9.1 28 5 700 0.5 10 7 5001N4740A 10 25 7 700 0.25 10 7.6 4541N4741A 11 23 8 700 0.25 5 8.4 4141N4742A 12 21 9 700 0.25 5 9.1 380
1N4743A 13 19 10 700 0.25 5 9.9 3441N4744A 15 17 14 700 0.25 5 11.4 3041N4745A 16 15.5 16 700 0.25 5 12.2 2851N4746A 18 14 20 750 0.25 5 13.7 2501N4747A 20 12.5 22 750 0.25 5 15.2 225
1N4748A 22 11.5 23 750 0.25 5 16.7 2051N4749A 24 10.5 25 750 0.25 5 18.2 1901N4750A 27 9.5 35 750 0.25 5 20.6 1701N4751A 30 8.5 40 1000 0.25 5 22.8 1501N4752A 33 7.5 45 1000 0.25 5 25.1 135
1N4753A 36 7 50 1000 0.25 5 27.4 1251N4754A 39 6.5 60 1000 0.25 5 29.7 1151N4755A 43 6 70 1500 0.25 5 32.7 1101N4756A 47 5.5 80 1500 0.25 5 35.8 951N4757A 51 5 95 1500 0.25 5 38.8 90
1N4758A 56 4.5 110 2000 0.25 5 42.6 801N4759A 62 4 125 2000 0.25 5 47.1 701N4760A 68 3.7 150 2000 0.25 5 51.7 651N4761A 75 3.3 175 2000 0.25 5 56 601N4762A 82 3 200 3000 0.25 5 62.2 551N4763A 91 2.8 250 3000 0.25 5 69.2 501N4764A 100 2.5 350 3000 0.25 5 76 45
*Indicates JEDEC Registered Data.
NOTE 1. TOLERANCE AND TYPE NUMBER DESIGNATION
The JEDEC type numbers listed have a standard tolerance on the nominal zener voltage of±5%. C for ±2%, D for ±1%.
NOTE 2. SPECIALS AVAILABLE INCLUDE:
Nominal zener voltages between the voltages shown and tighter voltage tolerances.
For detailed information on price, availability, and delivery, contact your nearest Motorola rep-resentative.
NOTE 3. ZENER VOLTAGE (VZ) MEASUREMENT
Motorola guarantees the zener voltage when measured at 90 seconds while maintaining thelead temperature (TL) at 30°C ± 1°C, 3/8″ from the diode body.
NOTE 4. ZENER IMPEDANCE (ZZ) DERIVATION
The zener impedance is derived from the 60 cycle ac voltage, which results when an ac cur-rent having an rms value equal to 10% of the dc zener current (IZT or IZK) is superimposedon IZT or IZK.
NOTE 5. SURGE CURRENT (ir) NON-REPETITIVE
The rating listed in the electrical characteristics table is maximum peak, non-repetitive, re-verse surge current of 1/2 square wave or equivalent sine wave pulse of 1/120 second dura-tion superimposed on the test current, IZT, per JEDEC registration; however, actual devicecapability is as described in Figure 5 of the General Data — DO-41 Glass.
GENERAL DATA — 500 mW DO-35 GLASS
Motorola TVS/Zener Device Data6-120500 mW DO-35 Glass Data Sheet
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (TA = 25°C unless otherwise noted.) (VF = 1.2 V Max, IF = 200 mA for all types.)
T
Zener VoltageVZT (V)
(Notes 2 and 3) TestC t
Zener ImpedanceZZ (ohms)(Note 4)
LeakageCurrent
(µA)Surge
CurrentT 25 C
Type VZ VZCurrent
IZT MaxMax at IZ IR
TA = 25°Cir (mA)Type
(Note 1)VZMin
VZMax
IZT(mA)
Maxat IZT (mA) VR (V)
IRMax
ir (mA)(Note 5)
BZX85C3V3RL 3.1 3.5 80 20 400 1 1 60 1380BZX85C3V6RL 3.4 3.8 60 15 500 1 1 30 1260BZX85C3V9RL 3.7 4.1 60 15 500 1 1 5 1190BZX85C4V3RL 4 4.6 50 13 500 1 1 3 1070BZX85C4V7RL 4.4 5 45 13 600 1 1.5 3 970
BZX85C5V1RL 4.8 5.4 45 10 500 1 2 1 890BZX85C5V6RL 5.2 6 45 7 400 1 2 1 810BZX85C6V2RL 5.8 6.6 35 4 300 1 3 1 730BZX85C6V8RL 6.4 7.2 35 3.5 300 1 4 1 660BZX85C7V5RL 7 7.9 35 3 200 0.5 4.5 1 605
BZX85C8V2RL 7.7 8.7 25 5 200 0.5 5 1 550BZX85C9V1RL 8.5 9.6 25 5 200 0.5 6.5 1 500BZX85C10RL 9.4 10.6 25 7 200 0.5 7 0.5 454BZX85C11RL 10.4 11.6 20 8 300 0.5 7.7 0.5 414BZX85C12RL 11.4 12.7 20 9 350 0.5 8.4 0.5 380
BZX85C13RL 12.4 14.1 20 10 400 0.5 9.1 0.5 344BZX85C15RL 13.8 15.6 15 15 500 0.5 10.5 0.5 304BZX85C16RL 15.3 17.1 15 15 500 0.5 11 0.5 285BZX85C18RL 16.8 19.1 15 20 500 0.5 12.5 0.5 250BZX85C20RL 18.8 21.2 10 24 600 0.5 14 0.5 225
BZX85C22RL 20.8 23.3 10 25 600 0.5 15.5 0.5 205BZX85C24RL 22.8 25.6 10 25 600 0.5 17 0.5 190BZX85C27RL 25.1 28.9 8 30 750 0.25 19 0.5 170BZX85C30RL 28 32 8 30 1000 0.25 21 0.5 150BZX85C33RL 31 35 8 35 1000 0.25 23 0.5 135
BZX85C36RL 34 38 8 40 1000 0.25 25 0.5 125BZX85C39RL 37 41 6 45 1000 0.25 27 0.5 115BZX85C43RL 40 46 6 50 1000 0.25 30 0.5 110BZX85C47RL 44 50 4 90 1500 0.25 33 0.5 95BZX85C51RL 48 54 4 115 1500 0.25 36 0.5 90
BZX85C56RL 52 60 4 120 2000 0.25 39 0.5 80BZX85C62RL 58 66 4 125 2000 0.25 43 0.5 70BZX85C68RL 64 72 4 130 2000 0.25 47 0.5 65BZX85C75RL 70 80 4 150 2000 0.25 51 0.5 60BZX85C82RL 77 87 2.7 200 3000 0.25 56 0.5 55
BZX85C91RL 85 96 2.7 250 3000 0.25 62 0.5 50BZX85C100RL 96 106 2.7 350 3000 0.25 68 0.5 45
NOTE 1. TOLERANCE AND TYPE NUMBER DESIGNATION
The type numbers listed have zener voltage min/max limits as shown. Device tolerance of±2% are indicated by a “B” instead of “C.”
NOTE 2. SPECIALS AVAILABLE INCLUDE:
Nominal zener voltages between the voltages shown and tighter voltage tolerances.
For detailed information on price, availability, and delivery, contact your nearest Motorola rep-resentative.
NOTE 3. ZENER VOLTAGE (VZ) MEASUREMENTVZ is measured after the test current has been applied to 40 ± 10 msec., while maintainingthe lead temperature (TL) at 30°C ± 1°C, 3/8″ from the diode body.
NOTE 4. ZENER IMPEDANCE (ZZ) DERIVATION
The zener impedance is derived from the 1 kHz cycle ac voltage, which results when an accurrent having an rms value equal to 10% of the dc zener current (IZT) or (IZK) is superim-posed on IZT or IZK.
NOTE 5. SURGE CURRENT (ir) NON-REPETITIVE
The rating listed in the electrical characteristics table is maximum peak, non-repetitive, re-verse surge current of 1/2 square wave or equivalent sine wave pulse of 1/120 second dura-tion superimposed on the test current IZT. However, actual device capability is as describedin Figure 5 of General Data DO-41 glass.
GENERAL DATA — 500 mW DO-35 GLASS
Motorola TVS/Zener Device Data6-121
500 mW DO-35 Glass Data Sheet
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (TA = 25°C unless otherwise noted) VF = 1.2 V Max, IF = 200 mA for all types.
Type No
Zener Voltage (V)(Notes 2 and 3) Test Current
IZT
Zener Impedance(Note 4)
f = 1 kHz (ohms)Blocking
Volt Min (V)
SurgeCurrent
TA = 25°Ci (ma)Type No.
(Note 1) VZ Min VZ MaxIZT
(mA) Typ Max IR = 1 µAir (ma)
(Note 5)
MZPY3.9RL 3.7 4.1 100 4 7 — 1190MZPY4.3RL 4 4.6 100 4 7 — 1070MZPY4.7RL 4.4 5 100 4 7 — 970MZPY5.1RL 4.8 5.4 100 2 5 0.7 890MZPY5.6RL 5.2 6 100 1 2 1.5 810
MZPY6.2RL 5.8 6.6 100 1 2 2 730MZPY6.8RL 6.4 7.2 100 1 2 3 660MZPY7.5RL 7 7.9 100 1 2 5 605MZPY8.2RL 7.7 8.7 100 1 2 6 550MZPY9.1RL 8.5 9.6 50 2 4 7 500
MZPY10RL 9.4 10.6 50 2 4 7.5 454MZPY11RL 10.4 11.6 50 3 7 8.5 414MZPY12RL 11.4 12.7 50 3 7 9 380MZPY13RL 12.4 14.1 50 4 9 10 344MZPY15RL 14.2 15.8 50 4 9 11 304
MZPY16RL 15.3 17.1 25 5 10 12 285MZPY18RL 16.8 19.1 25 5 11 14 250MZPY20RL 18.8 21.2 25 6 12 15 225MZPY22RL 20.8 23.3 25 7 13 17 205MZPY24RL 22.8 25.6 25 8 14 18 190
MZPY27RL 25.1 28.9 25 9 15 20 170MZPY30RL 28 32 25 10 20 22.5 150MZPY33RL 31 35 25 11 20 25 135MZPY36RL 34 38 10 25 60 27 125MZPY39RL 37 41 10 30 60 29 115
MZPY43RL 40 46 10 35 80 32 110MZPY47RL 44 50 10 40 80 35 95MZPY51RL 48 54 10 45 100 38 90MZPY56RL 52 60 10 50 100 42 80MZPY62RL 58 66 10 60 130 47 70
MZPY68RL 64 72 10 65 130 51 65MZPY75RL 70 79 10 70 160 56 60MZPY82RL 77 88 10 80 160 61 55MZPY91RL 85 96 5 120 250 68 50MZPY100RL 94 106 5 130 250 75 45
NOTE 1. TOLERANCE AND TYPE NUMBER DESIGNATION
The type numbers listed have zener voltage min/max limits as shown. Device tolerance of±2% are indicated by a “C” and ±1% by a “D” suffix.
NOTE 2. SPECIALS AVAILABLE INCLUDE:
Nominal zener voltages between the voltages shown and tighter voltage tolerances.
For detailed information on price, availability, and delivery, contact your nearest Motorola rep-resentative.
NOTE 3. ZENER VOLTAGE (VZ) MEASUREMENTVZ is measured after the test current has been applied to 40 ± 10 msec., while maintainingthe lead temperature (TL) at 30°C ± 1°C, 3/8″ from the diode body.
NOTE 4. ZENER IMPEDANCE (ZZ) DERIVATION
The zener impedance is derived from the 1 kHz cycle ac voltage, which results when an accurrent having an rms value equal to 10% of the dc zener current (IZT) of (IZK) is superim-posed on IZT or IZK.
NOTE 5. SURGE CURRENT (ir) NON-REPETITIVE
The rating listed in the electrical characteristics table is maximum peak, non-repetitive, re-verse surge current of 1/2 square wave or equivalent sine wave pulse of 1/120 second dura-tion superimposed on the test current IZT, however, actual device capability is as describedin Figure 5 of General Data DO-41 glass.
GENERAL DATA — 500 mW DO-35 GLASS
Motorola TVS/Zener Device Data6-122500 mW DO-35 Glass Data Sheet
1–1.3 Watt DO-41 Glass
MULTIPLE PACKAGE QUANTITY (MPQ)REQUIREMENTS
Zener Voltage Regulator Diodes — Axial Leaded
CASE 59-03DO-41GLASS
(Refer to Section 10 for Surface Mount, Thermal Data and Footprint Information.)
(Refer to Section 10 for more information on Packaging Specifications.)
Package Option
Tape and Reel 6K
Type No. Suffix
RL, RL2
MPQ (Units)
Tape and Ammo TA, TA2 4K
NOTES:1. ALL RULES AND NOTES ASSOCIATED WITH
JEDEC DO-41 OUTLINE SHALL APPLY.2. POLARITY DENOTED BY CATHODE BAND.3. LEAD DIAMETER NOT CONTROLLED WITHIN F
DIMENSION.
K
K
F
A
F
D
MIN MINMAX MAXMILLIMETERS INCHES
DIM4.072.040.71—
27.94
5.202.710.861.27—
0.1600.0800.028
— 1.100
0.2050.1070.0340.050
—
ABDFK
B
NOTE: 1. The “2” suffix refers to 26 mm tape spacing.
GENERAL DATA — 500 mW DO-35 GLASS
Motorola TVS/Zener Device Data6-123
500 mW DO-35 Glass Data Sheet
1 to 3 Watt DO-41 Surmetic 30Zener Voltage Regulator DiodesGENERAL DATA APPLICABLE TO ALL SERIES INTHIS GROUP
1 to 3 Watt Surmetic 30Silicon Zener Diodes. . . a complete series of 1 to 3 Watt Zener Diodes with limits and operating characteristicsthat reflect the superior capabilities of silicon-oxide-passivated junctions. All this in anaxial-lead, transfer-molded plastic package offering protection in all common environmen-tal conditions.
Specification Features:• Surge Rating of 98 Watts @ 1 ms• Maximum Limits Guaranteed On Up To Six Electrical Parameters• Package No Larger Than the Conventional 1 Watt Package
Mechanical Characteristics:
CASE: Void-free, transfer-molded, thermosetting plasticFINISH: All external surfaces are corrosion resistant and leads are readily solderablePOLARITY: Cathode indicated by color band. When operated in zener mode, cathode
will be positive with respect to anodeMOUNTING POSITION: AnyWEIGHT: 0.4 gram (approx)WAFER FAB LOCATION: Phoenix, ArizonaASSEMBLY/TEST LOCATION: Seoul, Korea
MAXIMUM RATINGS
Rating Symbol Value Unit
DC Power Dissipation @ TL = 75°CLead Length = 3/8″Derate above 75°C
PD 3
24
Watts
mW/°C
DC Power Dissipation @ TA = 50°CDerate above 50°C
PD 16.67
WattmW/°C
Operating and Storage Junction Temperature Range TJ, Tstg – 65 to +200 °C
GENERALDATA
CASE 59-03DO-41
PLASTIC
1–3 WATTDO-41
SURMETIC 30
1 TO 3 WATTZENER REGULATOR
DIODES3.3–400 VOLTS
Figure 1. Power Temperature Derating Curve
TL, LEAD TEMPERATURE (°C)
P ,
MAX
IMU
M D
ISSI
PATI
ON
(WAT
TS)
D
0 20 40 60 20080 100 120 140 160 1800
1
2
3
4
5
L = 1/8″
L = 3/8″
L = 1″
L = LEAD LENGTH TO HEAT SINK
GENERAL DATA — 500 mW DO-35 GLASS
Motorola TVS/Zener Device Data6-124500 mW DO-35 Glass Data Sheet
t, TIME (SECONDS)0.0001 0.0002 0.0005 0.001 0.002 0.005 0.01 0.02 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.5 1 2 5 10
0.3
0.50.7
1
2
3
57
10
20
30
D =0.5
0.2
0.1
0.05
0.01
D = 0
DUTY CYCLE, D =t1/t2
θ JL(t,
D) T
RAN
SIEN
T TH
ERM
AL R
ESIS
TAN
CE
JU
NC
TIO
N-T
O-L
EAD
( C
/W)
°
PPK t1
NOTE: BELOW 0.1 SECOND, THERMAL RESPONSE CURVE IS APPLICABLE
TO ANY LEAD LENGTH (L).
SINGLE PULSE ∆TJL = θJL (t)PPKREPETITIVE PULSES ∆TJL = θJL (t,D)PPK
t20.02
10
20
30
50
100
200
300
500
1K
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 1 2 3 5 10 20 30 50 100PW, PULSE WIDTH (ms)
P
, PE
AK S
UR
GE
POW
ER (W
ATTS
)PK
1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 400 10000.00030.0005
0.0010.002
0.0050.010.02
0.050.10.2
0.5123
TA = 125°C
TA = 125°C
NOMINAL VZ (VOLTS)
AS S
PEC
IFIE
D IN
ELE
C. C
HAR
. TAB
LE
Figure 2. Typical Thermal Response L, Lead Length = 3/8 Inch
Figure 3. Maximum Surge Power Figure 4. Typical Reverse Leakage
I R, R
EVER
SE L
EAKA
GE
(µAd
c) @
VRRECTANGULAR
NONREPETITIVEWAVEFORMTJ = 25°C PRIORTO INITIAL PULSE
APPLICATION NOTE
Since the actual voltage available from a given zener diodeis temperature dependent, it is necessary to determine junc-tion temperature under any set of operating conditions in orderto calculate its value. The following procedure is recom-mended:
Lead Temperature, TL, should be determined from:
TL = θLA PD + TAθLA is the lead-to-ambient thermal resistance (°C/W) andPD is the power dissipation. The value for θLA will vary anddepends on the device mounting method. θLA is generally30–40°C/W for the various clips and tie points in commonuse and for printed circuit board wiring.
The temperature of the lead can also be measured using athermocouple placed on the lead as close as possible to the tiepoint. The thermal mass connected to the tie point is normallylarge enough so that it will not significantly respond to heatsurges generated in the diode as a result of pulsed operationonce steady-state conditions are achieved. Using the mea-sured value of TL, the junction temperature may be deter-mined by:
TJ = TL + ∆TJL
∆TJL is the increase in junction temperature above the leadtemperature and may be found from Figure 2 for a train ofpower pulses (L = 3/8 inch) or from Figure 10 for dc power.
∆TJL = θJL PD
For worst-case design, using expected limits of IZ, limits ofPD and the extremes of TJ (∆TJ) may be estimated. Changesin voltage, VZ, can then be found from:
∆V = θVZ ∆TJ
θVZ, the zener voltage temperature coefficient, is found fromFigures 5 and 6.Under high power-pulse operation, the zener voltage will
vary with time and may also be affected significantly by thezener resistance. For best regulation, keep current excursionsas low as possible.
Data of Figure 2 should not be used to compute surge capa-bility. Surge limitations are given in Figure 3. They are lowerthan would be expected by considering only junction tempera-ture, as current crowding effects cause temperatures to be ex-tremely high in small spots resulting in device degradationshould the limits of Figure 3 be exceeded.
GENERAL DATA — 500 mW DO-35 GLASS
Motorola TVS/Zener Device Data6-125
500 mW DO-35 Glass Data Sheet
Figure 5. Units To 12 Volts Figure 6. Units 10 To 400 Volts
Figure 7. V Z = 3.3 thru 10 Volts Figure 8. V Z = 12 thru 82 Volts
Figure 9. V Z = 100 thru 400 Volts Figure 10. Typical Thermal Resistance
ZENER VOLTAGE versus ZENER CURRENT(Figures 7, 8 and 9)
TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT RANGES(90% of the Units are in the Ranges Indicated)
VZ, ZENER VOLTAGE @ IZT (VOLTS)3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
10
8
6
4
2
0
–2
–4
RANGE
, TEM
PER
ATU
RE
CO
EFFI
CIE
NT
(mV/
C) @
IZT
VZ°
θ
1000
500
200
100
50
20
1010 20 50 100 200 400 1000
VZ, ZENER VOLTAGE @ IZT (VOLTS)
, TEM
PER
ATU
RE
CO
EFFI
CIE
NT
(mV/
C) @
I ZT
VZ°
θ
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
100
503020
10
1
0.50.30.2
0.1
VZ, ZENER VOLTAGE (VOLTS)
I , Z
ENER
CU
RR
ENT
(mA)
Z
2
53
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100VZ, ZENER VOLTAGE (VOLTS)
I ,
ZEN
ER C
UR
REN
T (m
A)Z
100
503020
10
1
0.50.30.2
0.1
2
53
100 200 300 400250 350150
10
1
0.5
0.2
0.1
VZ, ZENER VOLTAGE (VOLTS)
2
5
I ,
ZEN
ER C
UR
REN
T (m
A)Z
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
L, LEAD LENGTH TO HEAT SINK (INCH)
PRIMARY PATH OFCONDUCTION IS THROUGH
THE CATHODE LEAD
0 1/8 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1
TL
JL, J
UN
CTI
ON
-TO
-LEA
D T
HER
MAL
RES
ISTA
NC
Eθ
LL
( C
/W)
°
GENERAL DATA — 500 mW DO-35 GLASS
Motorola TVS/Zener Device Data6-126500 mW DO-35 Glass Data Sheet
*MAXIMUM RATINGS
Rating Symbol Value Unit
DC Power Dissipation @ TL = 75°C, Lead Length = 3/8″Derate above 75°C
PD 1.512
WattsmW/°C
*ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (TL = 30°C unless otherwise noted. VF = 1.5 Volts Max @ lF = 200 mAdc for all types.)
MotorolaType
NominalZener Voltage
VZ @ IZT
TestCurrent
Max. Zener Impedance (Note 4)Max. Reverse
Leakage CurrentMaximum DC
ZenerCurrentType
Number(Note 1)
VZ @ IZTVolts
(Note 2 and 3)
Curren tIZTmA
ZZT @ IZTOhms
ZZKOhms
IZKmA
@ IRµA
VRVolts
@Current
IZMmAdc
1N5913B 3.3 113.6 10 500 1 100 1 4541N5914B 3.6 104.2 9 500 1 75 1 4161N5915B 3.9 96.1 7.5 500 1 25 1 3841N5916B 4.3 87.2 6 500 1 5 1 3481N5917B 4.7 79.8 5 500 1 5 1.5 319
1N5918B 5.1 73.5 4 350 1 5 2 2941N5919B 5.6 66.9 2 250 1 5 3 2671N5920B 6.2 60.5 2 200 1 5 4 2411N5921B 6.8 55.1 2.5 200 1 5 5.2 2201N5922B 7.5 50 3 400 0.5 5 6 200
1N5923B 8.2 45.7 3.5 400 0.5 5 6.5 1821N5924B 9.1 41.2 4 500 0.5 5 7 1641N5925B 10 37.5 4.5 500 0.25 5 8 1501N5926B 11 34.1 5.5 550 0.25 1 8.4 1361N5927B 12 31.2 6.5 550 0.25 1 9.1 125
1N5928B 13 28.8 7 550 0.25 1 9.9 1151N5929B 15 25 9 600 0.25 1 11.4 1001N5930B 16 23.4 10 600 0.25 1 12.2 931N5931B 18 20.8 12 650 0.25 1 13.7 831N5932B 20 18.7 14 650 0.25 1 15.2 75
1N5933B 22 17 17.5 650 0.25 1 16.7 681N5934B 24 15.6 19 700 0.25 1 18.2 621N5935B 27 13.9 23 700 0.25 1 20.6 551N5936B 30 12.5 26 750 0.25 1 22.8 501N5937B 33 11.4 33 800 0.25 1 25.1 45
1N5938B 36 10.4 38 850 0.25 1 27.4 411N5939B 39 9.6 45 900 0.25 1 29.7 381N5940B 43 8.7 53 950 0.25 1 32.7 341N5941B 47 8 67 1000 0.25 1 35.8 311N5942B 51 7.3 70 1100 0.25 1 38.8 29
1N5943B 56 6.7 86 1300 0.25 1 42.6 261N5944B 62 6 100 1500 0.25 1 47.1 241N5945B 68 5.5 120 1700 0.25 1 51.7 221N5946B 75 5 140 2000 0.25 1 56 201N5947B 82 4.6 160 2500 0.25 1 62.2 18
(continued)
*Indicates JEDEC Registered Data.
GENERAL DATA — 500 mW DO-35 GLASS
Motorola TVS/Zener Device Data6-127
500 mW DO-35 Glass Data Sheet
*ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS — continued (TL = 30°C unless otherwise noted. VF = 1.5 Volts Max @ lF = 200 mAdc for alltypes.)
MotorolaType
NominalZener Voltage
VZ @ IZT
TestCurrent
Max. Zener Impedance (Note 4)Max. Reverse
Leakage CurrentMaximum DC
ZenerCurrentType
Number(Note 1)
VZ @ IZTVolts
(Note 2 and 3)
Curren tIZTmA
ZZT @ IZTOhms
ZZKOhms
IZKmA
@ IRµA
VRVolts
@Current
IZMmAdc
1N5948B 91 4.1 200 3000 0.25 1 69.2 161N5949B 100 3.7 250 3100 0.25 1 76 151N5950B 110 3.4 300 4000 0.25 1 83.6 131N5951B 120 3.1 380 4500 0.25 1 91.2 121N5952B 130 2.9 450 5000 0.25 1 98.8 11
1N5953B 150 2.5 600 6000 0.25 1 114 101N5954B 160 2.3 700 6500 0.25 1 121.6 91N5955B 180 2.1 900 7000 0.25 1 136.8 81N5956B 200 1.9 1200 8000 0.25 1 152 7
*Indicates JEDEC Registered Data.
NOTE 1. TOLERANCE AND VOLTAGE DESIGNATIONTolerance designation — Device tolerances of ±5% are indicated by a “B” suffix.
NOTE 2. SPECIAL SELECTIONS AVAILABLE INCLUDE:Nominal zener voltages between those shown and ±1% and ±2% tight voltage tolerances.Consult factory.
NOTE 3. ZENER VOLTAGE (VZ) MEASUREMENT
Motorola guarantees the zener voltage when meausred at 90 seconds while maintaining thelead temperature (TL) at 30°C ±1°C, 3/8″ from the diode body.
NOTE 4. ZENER IMPEDANCE (ZZ) DERIVATION
The zener impedance is derived from the 60 cycle ac voltage, which results when an ac cur-rent having an rms value equal to 10% of the dc zener current (IZT or IZK) is superimposedon IZT or IZK.
GENERAL DATA — 500 mW DO-35 GLASS
Motorola TVS/Zener Device Data6-128500 mW DO-35 Glass Data Sheet
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (TA = 25°C unless otherwise noted) VF = 1.5 V Max, IF = 200 mA for all types)
Motorola
NominalZener Voltage
VZ @ IZT
TestCurrent
Max Zener Impedance(Note 3)
LeakageCurrent
MaximumZener
Current
SurgeCurrent
@ TA = 25°CMotoro laType No.(Note 1)
VZ @ IZTVolts
(Note 2)
Curren tIZTmA
ZZT @ IZTOhms
ZZK @ IZKOhms
IZKmA
IRµA Max
VRVolts
@Current
IZMmA
@ TA = 25°Cir – mA(Note 4)
3EZ3.9D5 3.9 192 4.5 400 1 80 1 630 4.43EZ4.3D5 4.3 174 4.5 400 1 30 1 590 4.13EZ4.7D5 4.7 160 4 500 1 20 1 550 3.83EZ5.1D5 5.1 147 3.5 550 1 5 1 520 3.5
3EZ5.6D5 5.6 134 2.5 600 1 5 2 480 3.33EZ6.2D5 6.2 121 1.5 700 1 5 3 435 3.13EZ6.8D5 6.8 110 2 700 1 5 4 393 2.93EZ7.5D5 7.5 100 2 700 0.5 5 5 360 2.66
3EZ8.2D5 8.2 91 2.3 700 0.5 5 6 330 2.443EZ9.1D5 9.1 82 2.5 700 0.5 3 7 297 2.23EZ10D5 10 75 3.5 700 0.25 3 7.6 270 23EZ11D5 11 68 4 700 0.25 1 8.4 245 1.82
3EZ12D5 12 63 4.5 700 0.25 1 9.1 225 1.663EZ13D5 13 58 4.5 700 0.25 0.5 9.9 208 1.543EZ14D5 14 53 5 700 0.25 0.5 10.6 193 1.433EZ15D5 15 50 5.5 700 0.25 0.5 11.4 180 1.33
3EZ16D5 16 47 5.5 700 0.25 0.5 12.2 169 1.253EZ17D5 17 44 6 750 0.25 0.5 13 159 1.183EZ18D5 18 42 6 750 0.25 0.5 13.7 150 1.113EZ19D5 19 40 7 750 0.25 0.5 14.4 142 1.05
3EZ20D5 20 37 7 750 0.25 0.5 15.2 135 13EZ22D5 22 34 8 750 0.25 0.5 16.7 123 0.913EZ24D5 24 31 9 750 0.25 0.5 18.2 112 0.833EZ27D5 27 28 10 750 0.25 0.5 20.6 100 0.74
3EZ28D5 28 27 12 750 0.25 0.5 21 96 0.713EZ30D5 30 25 16 1000 0.25 0.5 22.5 90 0.673EZ33D5 33 23 20 1000 0.25 0.5 25.1 82 0.613EZ36D5 36 21 22 1000 0.25 0.5 27.4 75 0.56
3EZ39D5 39 19 28 1000 0.25 0.5 29.7 69 0.513EZ43D5 43 17 33 1500 0.25 0.5 32.7 63 0.453EZ47D5 47 16 38 1500 0.25 0.5 35.6 57 0.423EZ51D5 51 15 45 1500 0.25 0.5 38.8 53 0.39
3EZ56D5 56 13 50 2000 0.25 0.5 42.6 48 0.363EZ62D5 62 12 55 2000 0.25 0.5 47.1 44 0.323EZ68D5 68 11 70 2000 0.25 0.5 51.7 40 0.293EZ75D5 75 10 85 2000 0.25 0.5 56 36 0.27
3EZ82D5 82 9.1 95 3000 0.25 0.5 62.2 33 0.243EZ91D5 91 8.2 115 3000 0.25 0.5 69.2 30 0.223EZ100D5 100 7.5 160 3000 0.25 0.5 76 27 0.23EZ110D5 110 6.8 225 4000 0.25 0.5 83.6 25 0.18
3EZ120D5 120 6.3 300 4500 0.25 0.5 91.2 22 0.163EZ130D5 130 5.8 375 5000 0.25 0.5 98.8 21 0.153EZ140D5 140 5.3 475 5000 0.25 0.5 106.4 19 0.143EZ150D5 150 5 550 6000 0.25 0.5 114 18 0.13
3EZ160D5 160 4.7 625 6500 0.25 0.5 121.6 17 0.123EZ170D5 170 4.4 650 7000 0.25 0.5 130.4 16 0.123EZ180D5 180 4.2 700 7000 0.25 0.5 136.8 15 0.113EZ190D5 190 4 800 8000 0.25 0.5 144.8 14 0.1
(continued)
GENERAL DATA — 500 mW DO-35 GLASS
Motorola TVS/Zener Device Data6-129
500 mW DO-35 Glass Data Sheet
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS — continued (TA = 25°C unless otherwise noted) VF = 1.5 V Max, IF = 200 mA for all types)
Motorola
NominalZener Voltage
VZ @ IZT
TestCurrent
Max Zener Impedance(Note 3)
LeakageCurrent
MaximumZener
Current
SurgeCurrent
@ TA = 25°CMotoro laType No.(Note 1)
VZ @ IZTVolts
(Note 2)
Curren tIZTmA
ZZT @ IZTOhms
ZZK @ IZKOhms
IZKmA
IRµA Max
VRVolts
@Current
IZMmA
@ TA = 25°Cir – mA(Note 4)
3EZ200D5 200 3.7 875 8000 0.25 0.5 152 13 0.13EZ220D5 220 3.4 1600 9000 0.25 1 167 12 0.093EZ240D5 240 3.1 1700 9000 0.25 1 182 11 0.093EZ270D5 270 2.8 1800 9000 0.25 1 205 10 0.08
3EZ300D5 300 2.5 1900 9000 0.25 1 228 9 0.073EZ330D5 330 2.3 2200 9000 0.25 1 251 8 0.063EZ360D5 360 2.1 2700 9000 0.25 1 274 8 0.063EZ400D5 400 1.9 3500 9000 0.25 1 304 7 0.06
NOTE 1. TOLERANCES
Suffix 5 indicates 5% tolerance. Any other tolerance will be considered as a special device.
NOTE 2. ZENER VOLTAGE (VZ) MEASUREMENTMotorola guarantees the zener voltage when measured at 40 ms ±10 ms 3/8″ from the diodebody, and an ambient temperature of 25°C (+8°C, –2°C)
NOTE 3. ZENER IMPEDANCE (ZZ) DERIVATION
The zener impedance is derived from the 60 cycle ac voltage, which results when an ac cur-rent having an rms value equal to 10% of the dc zener current (IZT or IZK) is superimposedon IZT or IZK.
NOTE 4. SURGE CURRENT (ir) NON-REPETITIVE
The rating listed in the electrical characteristics table is maximum peak, non-repetitive, re-verse surge current of 1/2 square wave or equivalent sine wave pulse of 1/120 second dura-tion superimposed on the test current, IZT, per JEDEC standards, however, actual device ca-pability is as described in Figure 3 of General Data sheet for Surmetic 30s.
NOTE 5. SPECIAL SELECTIONS AVAILABLE INCLUDE:Nominal zener voltages between those shown. Tight voltage tolerances such as ±1% and±2%. Consult factory.
GENERAL DATA — 500 mW DO-35 GLASS
Motorola TVS/Zener Device Data6-130500 mW DO-35 Glass Data Sheet
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (TA = 25°C unless otherwise noted.) VF = 1.5 V Max, IF = 200 mA for all types.
Type No.
Zener Voltage(Note 2)
TestCurrent
IZT
Zener Impedance at I ZTf = 1000 Hz (Ohm)
Blocking VoltageTypical
TC
Surge Current@ TL = 25°C
ir – mAType No.(Note 1) Min Max
IZTmA Typ Max
Blocking VoltageIR = 1 µA
TC%/°C
ir – mA(Note 3)
MZD3.9 3.7 4.1 100 3.8 7 — –0.06 1380MZD4.3 4 4.6 100 3.8 7 — +0.055 1260MZD4.7 4.4 5 100 3.8 7 — +0.03 1190MZD5.1 4.8 5.4 100 2 5 — +0.03 1070MZD5.6 5.2 6 100 1 2 1.5 +0.038 970
MZD6.2 5.8 6.6 100 1 2 1.5 +0.045 890MZD6.8 6.4 7.2 100 1 2 2 +0.05 810MZD7.5 7 7.9 100 1 2 2 +0.058 730MZD8.2 7.7 8.7 100 1 2 3.5 +0.062 660MZD9.1 8.5 9.6 50 2 4 3.5 +0.068 605
MZD10 9.4 10.6 50 2 4 5 +0.075 550MZD11 10.4 11.6 50 4 7 5 +0.076 500MZD12 11.4 12.7 50 4 7 7 +0.077 454MZD13 12.4 14.1 50 5 10 7 +0.079 414MZD15 13.8 15.8 50 5 10 10 +0.082 380
MZD16 15.3 17.1 25 6 15 10 +0.083 344MZD18 16.8 19.1 25 6 15 10 +0.085 304MZD20 18.8 21.2 25 6 15 10 +0.086 285MZD22 20.8 23.3 25 6 15 12 +0.087 250MZD24 22.8 25.6 25 7 15 12 +0.088 225
MZD27 25.1 28.9 25 7 15 14 +0.09 205MZD30 28 32 25 8 15 14 +0.091 190MZD33 31 35 25 8 15 17 +0.092 170MZD36 34 38 10 21 40 17 +0.093 150MZD39 37 41 10 21 40 20 +0.094 135
MZD43 40 46 10 24 45 20 +0.095 125MZD47 44 50 10 24 45 24 +0.095 115MZD51 48 54 10 25 60 24 +0.096 110MZD56 52 60 10 25 60 28 +0.096 95MZD62 58 66 10 25 80 28 +0.097 90
MZD68 64 72 10 25 80 34 +0.097 80MZD75 70 79 10 30 100 34 +0.098 70MZD82 77 88 10 30 100 41 +0.098 65MZD91 85 96 5 60 200 41 +0.099 60MZD100 94 106 5 60 200 50 +0.11 55
MZD110 104 116 5 80 250 50 +0.11 50MZD120 114 127 5 80 250 60 +0.11 45MZD130 124 141 5 110 300 60 +0.11 —MZD150 138 156 5 110 300 75 +0.11 —MZD160 153 171 5 150 350 75 +0.11 —
MZD180 168 191 5 150 350 90 +0.11 —MZD200 188 212 5 150 350 90 +0.11 —
NOTE 1. TOLERANCE AND TYPE NUMBER DESIGNATIONThe type numbers listed have zener voltage min/max limits as shown.
NOTE 2. ZENER VOLTAGE (VZ) MEASUREMENTThe zener voltage is measured after the test current (IZT) has been applied for 40±10 millisec-onds, while maintaining a lead temperautre (TL) of 30°C at a point of 10 mm from the diodebody.
NOTE 3. (ir) NON-REPETITIVE SURGE CURRENT
Maximum peak, non-repetitive reverse surge current of half square wave or equivalent sinewave pulse of 50 ms duration, superimposed on the test current (IZT).
NOTE 4. SPECIAL SELECTIONS AVAILABLE INCLUDE:
Nominal zener voltages between those shown. Tight voltage tolerances such as ±1% and±2%. Consult factory.
GENERAL DATA — 500 mW DO-35 GLASS
Motorola TVS/Zener Device Data6-131
500 mW DO-35 Glass Data Sheet
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (TA = 25°C unless otherwise noted) VF = 1.5 V Max, lF = 200 mA for all types
Motorola
NominalZener Voltage
VZ @ IZT Test Current
Max Zener Impedance(Note 3)
LeakageCurrent
SurgeCurrent
@ TA = 25°CMotoro laType No.(Note 1)
VZ @ IZTVolts
(Note 2)
Test Curren tIZTmA
ZZT @ IZTOhms
ZZK @ IZKOhms
IZKmA
IRµA Max
VRVolts
@
@ TA = 25°Cir – mA(Note 4)
MZP4728A 3.3 76 10 400 1 100 1 1380MZP4729A 3.6 69 10 400 1 100 1 1260MZP4730A 3.9 64 9 400 1 50 1 1190MZP4731A 4.3 58 9 400 1 10 1 1070MZP4732A 4.7 53 8 500 1 10 1 970
MZP4733A 5.1 49 7 550 1 10 1 890MZP4734A 5.6 45 5 600 1 10 2 810MZP4735A 6.2 41 2 700 1 10 3 730MZP4736A 6.8 37 3.5 700 1 10 4 660MZP4737A 7.5 34 4 700 0.5 10 5 605
MZP4738A 8.2 31 4.5 700 0.5 10 6 550MZP4739A 9.1 28 5 700 0.5 10 7 500MZP4740A 10 25 7 700 0.25 10 7.6 454MZP4741A 11 23 8 700 0.25 5 8.4 414MZP4742A 12 21 9 700 0.25 5 9.1 380
MZP4743A 13 19 10 700 0.25 5 9.9 344MZP4744A 15 17 14 700 0.25 5 11.4 304MZP4745A 16 15.5 16 700 0.25 5 12.2 285MZP4746A 18 14 20 750 0.25 5 13.7 250MZP4747A 20 12.5 22 750 0.25 5 15.2 225
MZP4748A 22 11.5 23 750 0.25 5 16.7 205MZP4749A 24 10.5 25 750 0.25 5 18.2 190MZP4750A 27 9.5 35 750 0.25 5 20.6 170MZP4751A 30 8.5 40 1000 0.25 5 22.8 150MZP4752A 33 7.5 45 1000 0.25 5 25.1 135
MZP4753A 36 7 50 1000 0.25 5 27.4 125MZP4754A 39 6.5 60 1000 0.25 5 29.7 115MZP4755A 43 6 70 1500 0.25 5 32.7 110MZP4756A 47 5.5 80 1500 0.25 5 35.8 95MZP4757A 51 5 95 1500 0.25 5 38.8 90
MZP4758A 56 4.5 110 2000 0.25 5 42.6 80MZP4759A 62 4 125 2000 0.25 5 47.1 70MZP4760A 68 3.7 150 2000 0.25 5 51.7 65MZP4761A 75 3.3 175 2000 0.25 5 56 60MZP4762A 82 3 200 3000 0.25 5 62.2 55
MZP4763A 91 2.8 250 3000 0.25 5 69.2 50MZP4764A 100 2.5 350 3000 0.25 5 76 451M110ZS5 110 2.3 450 4000 0.25 5 83.6 —1M120ZS5 120 2 550 4500 0.25 5 91.2 —1M130ZS5 130 1.9 700 5000 0.25 5 98.8 —
1M150ZS5 150 1.7 1000 6000 0.25 5 114 —1M160ZS5 160 1.6 1100 6500 0.25 5 121.6 —1M180ZS5 180 1.4 1200 7000 0.25 5 136.8 —1M200ZS5 200 1.2 1500 8000 0.25 5 152 —
The type numbers listed have a standard tolerance on the nominal zener voltage of ±5%. Thetolerance on the 1M type numbers is indicated by the digits following ZS in the part number.“5” indicates a ±5% VZ tolerance.
NOTE 1. TOLERANCE AND TYPE NUMBER DESIGNATION
NOTE 4. SURGE CURRENT (ir) NON-REPETITIVE
NOTE 2. ZENER VOLTAGE (VZ) MEASUREMENTMotorola guarantees the zener voltage when measured at 90 seconds while maintaining thelead temperature (TL) at 30°C ±1°C, 3/8″ from the diode body.
NOTE 3. ZENER IMPEDANCE (ZZ) DERIVATIONThe zener impedance is derived from the 60 cycle ac voltage, which results when an ac
The rating listed in the electrical characteristics table is maximum peak, non-repetitive,reverse surge current of 1/2 square wave or equivalent sine wave pulse of 1/120 secondduration superimposed on the test current, IZT, however, actual device capability is asdescribed in Figure 3 of General Data — Surmetic 30.
NOTE 5. SPECIAL SELECTIONS AVAILABLE INCLUDE:Nominal zener voltages between those shown. Tight voltage tolerances such as ±1% and±2%. Consult factory.
current having an rms value equal to 10% of the dc zener current (IZT or IZK) is superimposedon IZT or IZK.
GENERAL DATA — 500 mW DO-35 GLASS
Motorola TVS/Zener Device Data6-132500 mW DO-35 Glass Data Sheet
1–3 Watt DO-41 Surmetic 30
MULTIPLE PACKAGE QUANTITY (MPQ)REQUIREMENTS
Zener Voltage Regulator Diodes — Axial Leaded
CASE 59-03DO-41
PLASTIC
(Refer to Section 10 for Surface Mount, Thermal Data and Footprint Information.)
(Refer to Section 10 for more information on Packaging Specifications.)
Package Option
Tape and Reel 6K
Type No. Suffix
RL
MPQ (Units)
Tape and Ammo TA 4K
NOTES:1. ALL RULES AND NOTES ASSOCIATED WITH
JEDEC DO-41 OUTLINE SHALL APPLY.2. POLARITY DENOTED BY CATHODE BAND.3. LEAD DIAMETER NOT CONTROLLED WITHIN F
DIMENSION.
K
K
F
A
F
D
MIN MINMAX MAXMILLIMETERS INCHES
DIM4.072.040.71—
27.94
5.202.710.861.27—
0.1600.0800.028
— 1.100
0.2050.1070.0340.050
—
ABDFK
B
MOTOROLASEMICONDUCTORTECHNICAL DATA
Motorola TVS/Zener Device Data6-1335 Watt Surmetic 40 Data Sheet
5 Watt Surmetic 40Silicon Zener Diodes
This is a complete series of 5 Watt Zener Diodes with tight limits and better operatingcharacteristics that reflect the superior capabilities of silicon-oxide-passivated junctions.All this is in an axial-lead, transfer-molded plastic package that offers protection in all com-mon environmental conditions.
Specification Features:• Up to 180 Watt Surge Rating @ 8.3 ms• Maximum Limits Guaranteed on Seven Electrical Parameters
Mechanical Characteristics:
CASE: Void-free, transfer-molded, thermosetting plasticFINISH: All external surfaces are corrosion resistant and leads are readily solderablePOLARITY: Cathode indicated by color band. When operated in zener mode, cathode
will be positive with respect to anodeMOUNTING POSITION: AnyWEIGHT: 0.7 gram (approx)WAFER FAB LOCATION: Phoenix, ArizonaASSEMBLY/TEST LOCATION: Seoul, Korea
MAXIMUM RATINGS
Rating Symbol Value Unit
DC Power Dissipation @ TL = 75°CLead Length = 3/8″Derate above 75°C
PD 5
40
Watts
mW/°C
Operating and Storage Junction Temperature Range TJ, Tstg – 65 to +200 °C
Figure 1. Power Temperature Derating Curve
TL, LEAD TEMPERATURE (°C)
PD
, MAX
IMU
M P
OW
ER D
ISSI
PATI
ON
(WAT
TS) 8
6
4
2
00 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
L = LEAD LENGTHL = TO HEAT SINKL = (SEE FIGURE 5)L = 1/8″
L = 3/8″
L = 1″
1N5333Bthrough1N5388B
CASE 17PLASTIC
5 WATTZENER REGULATOR
DIODES3.3–200 VOLTS
1N5333B through 1N5388B
Motorola TVS/Zener Device Data6-1345 Watt Surmetic 40 Data Sheet
Devices listed in bold, italic are Motorola preferred devices.
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (TA = 25°C unless otherwise noted, VF = 1.2 Max @ IF = 1 A for all types)
JEDEC
NominalZener
Voltage TestMax Zener Impedance
Max ReverseLeakage Current Max
Surge Max Voltage
MaximumRegulatorCurrent
JEDECType No.(Note 1)
VoltageVZ @ IZT
Volts(Note 2)
TestCurrent
IZTmA
ZZT @IZTOhms
(Note 2)
ZZK @ IZK = 1 mAOhms
(Note 2)IRµA
VRVolts
@
SurgeCurrentir, Amps(Note 3)
Max VoltageRegulation∆VZ, Volt(Note 4)
Curren tIZMmA
(Note 5)
1N5333B 3.3 380 3 400 300 1 20 0.85 14401N5334B 3.6 350 2.5 500 150 1 18.7 0.8 13201N5335B 3.9 320 2 500 50 1 17.6 0.54 12201N5336B 4.3 290 2 500 10 1 16.4 0.49 11001N5337B 4.7 260 2 450 5 1 15.3 0.44 1010
1N5338B 5.1 240 1.5 400 1 1 14.4 0.39 9301N5339B 5.6 220 1 400 1 2 13.4 0.25 8651N5340B 6 200 1 300 1 3 12.7 0.19 7901N5341B 6.2 200 1 200 1 3 12.4 0.1 7651N5342B 6.8 175 1 200 10 5.2 11.5 0.15 700
1N5343B 7.5 175 1.5 200 10 5.7 10.7 0.15 6301N5344B 8.2 150 1.5 200 10 6.2 10 0.2 5801N5345B 8.7 150 2 200 10 6.6 9.5 0.2 5451N5346B 9.1 150 2 150 7.5 6.9 9.2 0.22 5201N5347B 10 125 2 125 5 7.6 8.6 0.22 475
1N5348B 11 125 2.5 125 5 8.4 8 0.25 4301N5349B 12 100 2.5 125 2 9.1 7.5 0.25 3951N5350B 13 100 2.5 100 1 9.9 7 0.25 3651N5351B 14 100 2.5 75 1 10.6 6.7 0.25 3401N5352B 15 75 2.5 75 1 11.5 6.3 0.25 315
1N5353B 16 75 2.5 75 1 12.2 6 0.3 2951N5354B 17 70 2.5 75 0.5 12.9 5.8 0.35 2801N5355B 18 65 2.5 75 0.5 13.7 5.5 0.4 2651N5356B 19 65 3 75 0.5 14.4 5.3 0.4 2501N5357B 20 65 3 75 0.5 15.2 5.1 0.4 237
1N5358B 22 50 3.5 75 0.5 16.7 4.7 0.45 2161N5359B 24 50 3.5 100 0.5 18.2 4.4 0.55 1981N5360B 25 50 4 110 0.5 19 4.3 0.55 1901N5361B 27 50 5 120 0.5 20.6 4.1 0.6 1761N5362B 28 50 6 130 0.5 21.2 3.9 0.6 170
1N5363B 30 40 8 140 0.5 22.8 3.7 0.6 1581N5364B 33 40 10 150 0.5 25.1 3.5 0.6 1441N5365B 36 30 11 160 0.5 27.4 3.3 0.65 1321N5366B 39 30 14 170 0.5 29.7 3.1 0.65 1221N5367B 43 30 20 190 0.5 32.7 2.8 0.7 110
1N5368B 47 25 25 210 0.5 35.8 2.7 0.8 1001N5369B 51 25 27 230 0.5 38.8 2.5 0.9 931N5370B 56 20 35 280 0.5 42.6 2.3 1 861N5371B 60 20 40 350 0.5 42.5 2.2 1.2 791N5372B 62 20 42 400 0.5 47.1 2.1 1.35 76
1N5373B 68 20 44 500 0.5 51.7 2 1.5 701N5374B 75 20 45 620 0.5 56 1.9 1.6 631N5375B 82 15 65 720 0.5 62.2 1.8 1.8 581N5376B 87 15 75 760 0.5 66 1.7 2 54.51N5377B 91 15 75 760 0.5 69.2 1.6 2.2 52.5
1N5378B 100 12 90 800 0.5 76 1.5 2.5 47.51N5379B 110 12 125 1000 0.5 83.6 1.4 2.5 431N5380B 120 10 170 1150 0.5 91.2 1.3 2.5 39.51N5381B 130 10 190 1250 0.5 98.8 1.2 2.5 36.61N5382B 140 8 230 1500 0.5 106 1.2 2.5 34
(continued)
1N5333B through 1N5388B
Motorola TVS/Zener Device Data6-135
5 Watt Surmetic 40 Data Sheet
Devices listed in bold, italic are Motorola preferred devices.
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS — continued (TA = 25°C unless otherwise noted, VF = 1.2 Max @ IF = 1 A for all types)
JEDEC
NominalZener
Voltage TestMax Zener Impedance
Max ReverseLeakage Current Max
Surge Max Voltage
MaximumRegulatorCurrent
JEDECType No.(Note 1)
VoltageVZ @ IZT
Volts(Note 2)
TestCurrent
IZTmA
ZZT @IZTOhms
(Note 2)
ZZK @ IZK = 1 mAOhms
(Note 2)IRµA
VRVolts
@
SurgeCurrentir, Amps(Note 3)
Max VoltageRegulation∆VZ, Volt(Note 4)
Curren tIZMmA
(Note 5)
1N5383B 150 8 330 1500 0.5 114 1.1 3 31.61N5384B 160 8 350 1650 0.5 122 1.1 3 29.41N5385B 170 8 380 1750 0.5 129 1 3 281N5386B 180 5 430 1750 0.5 137 1 4 26.41N5387B 190 5 450 1850 0.5 144 0.9 5 251N5388B 200 5 480 1850 0.5 152 0.9 5 23.6
NOTE 1. TOLERANCE AND TYPE NUMBER DESIGNATIONThe JEDEC type numbers shown indicate a tolerance of ±5%.
NOTE 2. ZENER VOLTAGE (VZ) AND IMPEDANCE (ZZT & ZZK)
Test conditions for zener voltage and impedance are as follows: IZ is applied 40 ± 10 ms priorto reading. Mounting contacts are located 3/8″ to 1/2″ from the inside edge of mounting clipsto the body of the diode. (TA = 25°C +8, –2°C).
NOTE 3. SURGE CURRENT (ir)
Surge current is specified as the maximum allowable peak, non-recurrent square-wave cur-rent with a pulse width, PW, of 8.3 ms. The data given in Figure 6 may be used to find themaximum surge current for a square wave of any pulse width between 1ms and 1000 ms byplotting the applicable points on logarithmic paper. Examples of this, using the 3.3 V and200 V zeners, are shown in Figure 7. Mounting contact located as specified in Note 3. (TA =25°C +8, –2°C.)
NOTE 4. VOLTAGE REGULATION ( ∆VZ)
Test conditions for voltage regulation are as follows: VZ measurements are made at 10% andthen at 50% of the IZ max value listed in the electrical characteristics table. The test currenttime duration for each VZ measurement is 40 ± 10 ms. (TA = 25°C +8, –2°C). Mounting contactlocated as specified in Note 2.
NOTE 5. MAXIMUM REGULATOR CURRENT (I ZM)
The maximum current shown is based on the maximum voltage of a 5% type unit, therefore,it applies only to the B-suffix device. The actual IZM for any device may not exceed the valueof 5 watts divided by the actual VZ of the device. TL = 75°C at 3/8″ maximum from the devicebody.
NOTE 6. SPECIALS AVAILABLE INCLUDE:
Nominal zener voltages between the voltages shown and tighter voltage tolerance such as±1% and ±2%. Consult factory.
TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENTS
Figure 2. Temperature Coefficient-Rangefor Units 3 to 10 Volts
Figure 3. Temperature Coefficient-Rangefor Units 10 to 220 Volts
VZ, ZENER VOLTAGE @ IZT (VOLTS)
10
8
6
4
2
0
–2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
RANGE
300200
100
50
3020
10
50 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220
VZ, ZENER VOLTAGE @ IZT (VOLTS)
θVZ
, TEM
PER
ATU
RE
CO
EFFI
CIE
NT
(mV/
°C) @
IZT
θVZ
, TEM
PER
ATU
RE
CO
EFFI
CIE
NT
(mV/
°C) @
IZT RANGE
1N5333B through 1N5388B
Motorola TVS/Zener Device Data6-1365 Watt Surmetic 40 Data Sheet
Devices listed in bold, italic are Motorola preferred devices.
Figure 4. Typical Thermal ResponseL, Lead Length = 3/8 Inch
Figure 5. Typical Thermal Resistance Figure 6. Maximum Non-Repetitive Surge Currentversus Nominal Zener Voltage
(See Note 3)
θ JL
(t, D
), TR
ANSI
ENT
THER
MAL
RES
ISTA
NC
EJU
NC
TIO
N-T
O-L
EAD
( °C
/W)
20
10
5
2
1
0.5
0.20.00
10.00
50.01 0.05 0.1 0.5 1 5 10 20 50 100
D = 0.5
D = 0.2
D = 0.1
D = 0.05
D = 0.01
D = 0
NOTE: BELOW 0.1 SECOND, THERMALNOTE: RESPONSE CURVE IS APPLICABLENOTE: TO ANY LEAD LENGTH (L).
DUTY CYCLE, D = t1/t2SINGLE PULSE ∆ TJL = θJL(t)PPK
REPETITIVE PULSES ∆ TJL = θJL(t, D)PPK
PPK t1
t2
t, TIME (SECONDS)
40
30
20
10
00 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1
PRIMARY PATH OFCONDUCTION IS THROUGH
THE CATHODE LEAD
L L
L, LEAD LENGTH TO HEAT SINK (INCH)JL, J
UN
CTI
ON
-TO
-LEA
D T
HER
MAL
RES
ISTA
NC
E (
θ°C
/W)
i r, P
EAK
SUR
GE
CU
RR
ENT
(AM
PS)
40
20
10
4
2
1
0.1
0.2
0.4
3 4 6 8 10 20 30 40 60 80 100 200
*SQUARE WAVE PW = 100 ms*
PW = 1000 ms*
PW = 1 ms*
PW = 8.3 ms*
NOMINAL VZ (V)
3020
10
0.1
0.2
0.5
1
2
5
1 10 100 1000
1000
100
10
1
0.11 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
I Z, Z
ENER
CU
RR
ENT
(mA)
PW, PULSE WIDTH (ms) VZ, ZENER VOLTAGE (VOLTS)
Figure 7. Peak Surge Current versus Pulse Width(See Note 3)
Figure 8. Zener Voltage versus Zener CurrentVZ = 3.3 thru 10 Volts
VZ = 200 V
VZ = 3.3 V
PLOTTED FROM INFORMATIONGIVEN IN FIGURE 6
TC = 25°C
T = 25°C
i r, P
EAK
SUR
GE
CU
RR
ENT
(AM
PS)
1N5333B through 1N5388B
Motorola TVS/Zener Device Data6-137
5 Watt Surmetic 40 Data Sheet
Devices listed in bold, italic are Motorola preferred devices.
I Z, Z
ENER
CU
RR
ENT
(mA)
VZ, ZENER VOLTAGE (VOLTS)
1000
100
10
1
0.110 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
100
10
1
0.180 100 120 140 160 180 200 220
VZ, ZENER VOLTAGE (VOLTS)
I Z, Z
ENER
CU
RR
ENT
(mA)
T = 25°C
Figure 9. Zener Voltage versus Zener CurrentVZ = 11 thru 75 Volts
Figure 10. Zener Voltage versus Zener CurrentVZ = 82 thru 200 Volts
APPLICATION NOTE
Since the actual voltage available from a given zener diodeis temperature dependent, it is necessary to determine junc-tion temperature under any set of operating conditions in orderto calculate its value. The following procedure is recom-mended:
Lead Temperature, TL, should be determined from:
TL = θLA PD + TAθLA is the lead-to-ambient thermal resistance and PD is thepower dissipation.
Junction Temperature, TJ, may be found from:
TJ = TL + ∆TJL
∆TJL is the increase in junction temperature above the leadtemperature and may be found from Figure 4 for a train ofpower pulses or from Figure 5 for dc power.
∆TJL = θJL PD
For worst-case design, using expected limits of IZ, limits ofPD and the extremes of TJ (∆TJ) may be estimated. Changesin voltage, VZ, can then be found from:
∆V = θVZ ∆TJ
θVZ, the zener voltage temperature coefficient, is found fromFigures 2 and 3.
Under high power-pulse operation, the zener voltage willvary with time and may also be affected significantly by thezener resistance. For best regulation, keep current excursionsas low as possible.
Data of Figure 4 should not be used to compute surge capa-bility. Surge limitations are given in Figure 6. They are lowerthan would be expected by considering only junction tempera-ture, as current crowding effects cause temperatures to be ex-tremely high in small spots resulting in device degradationshould the limits of Figure 6 be exceeded.
Motorola TVS/Zener Device Data6-138
5 Watt Surmetic 40 Data Sheet
5 Watt Surmetic 40
MULTIPLE PACKAGE QUANTITY (MPQ)REQUIREMENTS
Zener Voltage Regulator Diodes — Axial Leaded
CASE 17-02PLASTIC
(Refer to Section 10 for Surface Mount, Thermal Data and Footprint Information.)
(Refer to Section 10 for more information on Packaging Specifications.)
Package Option
Tape and Reel 4K
Type No. Suffix
RL
MPQ (Units)
Tape and Ammo TA 2K
B
A
K
D
FK
F1
2
NOTE:1. LEAD DIAMETER & FINISH NOT CONTROLLED
WITHIN DIM F.
MIN MINMAX MAXINCHES MILLIMETERS
DIM8.383.300.94—
25.40
8.893.681.091.27
31.75
0.3300.1300.037
— 1.000
0.3500.1450.0430.0501.250
ABDFK
10,0±0,4
R1.6
18,1±0,29,7±0,2
2,65
±0,2
3,8±
0,2
18,3
5±0,
4
Ponto indica o Fototransistor
5,1±0,2
CROMAX ELETRÔNICA LTDA.
ATUAÇÃO Refletiva
CHAVE DE CODIGO
C 7L3
CROMAX ELETRÔNICA LTDA. RUA PEREIRO, 13 – BAIRRO VILA NOVA CUMBICA – CEP 07231-010 – GUARULHOS – SP
Fone: (0xx11) 6462-2100 – Fax: (0xx11) 6462-2111 Site: www.cromatek.com.br – Email: cromatek@cromatek.com.br
PASTILHA AlGaAs – Emissor NPN – Fototransistor
ELEMENTOS Emissor – Hialino Sensor – Fume
ESPECIFICAÇÕES TÉCNICAS
Parâmetro Cond. Teste Min. Típ. Máx. Tensão Reversa (Vf)
If = 100mA If = 20mA
1,3V 1,2V
1,7V 1,5V
Corrente Reversa (If)
Vr = 4V 10µA
IN
Comprimento de onda
If = 100mA 940nm TensãodeRuptura C – E (Vbceo)
Ic = 100µA Ib = 0
30V Tensão deRuptura E – C (Vbeco)
Ie = 100µA Ib = 0
5V Corrente “Escuro” (Iceo)
Vce = 10V 0,1µA
OUT
Corrente “Claro” (IL)
Vce = 5V If = 40mA
50µA
Chaves Óticas
LM117/217LM317
1.2V TO 37V VOLTAGE REGULATOR
November 1999
OUTPUT VOLTAGE RANGE : 1.2 TO 37V OUTPUT CURRENT IN EXCESS OF 1.5A 0.1% LINE AND LOAD REGULATION FLOATING OPERATION FOR HIGH
VOLTAGES COMPLETE SERIES OF PROTECTIONS :
CURRENT LIMITING, THERMALSHUTDOWN AND SOA CONTROL
DESCRIPTIONThe LM117/LM217/LM317 are monolithicintegrated circuit in TO-220, ISOWATT220, TO-3and D2PAK packages intended for use aspositive adjustable voltage regulators.They are designed to supply more than 1.5A ofload current with an output voltage adjustableover a 1.2 to 37V range.The nominal output voltage is selected by meansof only a resistive divider, making the deviceexceptionally easy to use and eliminating thestocking of many fixed regulators.
TO-3
TO-220
D2PAK
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGSymbol Parameter Value Unit
Vi-o Input-output Differential Voltage 40 V
IO Output Current Intenrally Limited
Top Operating Junction Temperature for: LM117LM217LM317
-55 to 150-25 to 1500 to 125
oCoCoC
Ptot Power Dissipation Internally Limited
Tstg Storage Temperature - 65 to 150 oC
THERMAL DATASymbol Parameter TO-3 TO-220 ISOWATT220 D 2PAK Unit
Rthj- ca se
Rthj-amb
Thermal Resistance Junction-case MaxThermal Resistance Junction-ambient Max
435
350
460
362.5
oC/WoC/W
ISOWATT220
1/11
CONNECTION DIAGRAM AND ORDERING NUMBERS (top view)
TO-220
D2PAK TO-3
Type TO-3 TO-220 ISOWATT220 D 2PAK
LM117 LM117K
LM217 LM217K LM217T LM217D2T
LM317 LM317K LM317T LM317P LM317D2T
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
ISOWATT220
LM117/217/317
2/11
BASIC ADJUSTABLE REGULATOR
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Vi - Vo = 5 V, Io = 500 mA, IMAX = 1.5A and PMAX = 20W, unlessotherwise specified)Symbol Parameter Test Conditions LM117/LM217 LM317 Unit
Min. Typ. Max. Min. Typ. Max.
∆Vo Line Regulation Vi - Vo = 3 to 40 V Tj = 25 oC 0.01 0.02 0.01 0.04 %/V
0.02 0.05 0.02 0.07 %/V
∆Vo Load Regulation Vo ≤ 5VIo = 10 mA to IMAX
Tj = 25 oC 5 15 5 25 mV
20 50 20 70 mV
Vo ≥ 5VIo = 10 mA to IMAX
Tj = 25 oC 0.1 0.3 0.1 0.5 %
0.3 1 0.3 1.5 %
IADJ Adjustment Pin Current 50 100 50 100 µA
∆IADJ Adjustment Pin Current Vi - Vo = 2.5 to 40 VIo = 10 mA to IMAX
0.2 5 0.2 5 µA
VREF Reference Voltage(between pin 3 and pin1)
Vi - Vo = 2.5 to 40 VIo = 10 mA to IMAX
PD ≤ PMAX
1.2 1.25 1.3 1.2 1.25 1.3 V
∆Vo
Vo
Output VoltageTemperature Stability
1 1 %
Io (min) Minimum Load Current Vi - Vo = 40 V 3.5 5 3.5 10 mA
Io (max ) Maximum LoadCurrent
Vi - Vo ≤ 15 VPD < PMAX
1.5 2.2 1.5 2.2 A
Vi - Vo = 40 VPD < PMAX
Tj = 25 oC
0.4 0.4 A
eN Output Noise Voltage(percentance of VO)
B = 10Hz to 10KHzTj = 25 oC
0.003 0.003 %
SVR Supply VoltageRejection (*)
Tj = 25 oCf = 120 Hz
CADJ=0 65 65 dB
CADJ=10µF 66 80 66 80 dB
(*) CADJ is connected between pin 1 and ground.Note:(1) Unless otherwise specified the above specs, apply over the following conditions : LM 117 Tj = – 55 to 150°C;
LM 217 Tj = – 25 to 150°C ; LM 317 Tj = 0 to 125°C.
LM117/217/317
3/11
APPLICATION INFORMATION
The LM117/217/317 provides an internalreference voltage of 1.25V between the outputand adjustments terminals. This is used to set aconstant current flow across an external resistordivider (see fig. 4), giving an output voltage VO of:
VO = VREF (1 + R2
R1) + IADJ R2
The device was designed to minimize the termIADJ (100µA max) and to maintain it very constantwith line and load changes. Usually, the errorterm IADJ ⋅ R2 can be neglected. To obtain theprevious requirement, all the regulator quiescentcurrent is returned to the output terminal,imposing a minimum load current condition. If theload is insufficient, the output voltage will rise.Since the LM117/217317 is a floating regulatorand ”sees” only the input-to-output differential
voltage, supplies of very high voltage with respectto ground can be regulated as long as themaximum input-to-output differential is notexceeded. Furthermore, programmable regulatorare easily obtainable and, by connecting a fixedresistor between the adjustment and output, thedevice can be used as a precision currentregulator.In order to optimise the load regulation, thecurrent set resistor R1 (see fig. 4) should be tiedas close as possible to the regulator, while theground terminal of R2 should be near the groundof the load to provide remote ground sensing.Performance may be improved with addedcapacitance as follow:An input bypass capacitor of 0.1µFAn adjustment terminal to ground 10µF capacitor
Figure 4 : Basic Adjustable Regulator.
Figure 1 : Output Current vs. Input-outputDifferential Voltage.
Figure 2 : Dropout Voltage vs. JunctionTemperature.
Figure 3 : Reference Voltage vs. Junction
LM117/217/317
4/11
to improve the ripple rejection of about 15 dB(CADJ).An 1µF tantalium (or 25µFAluminium electrolitic)capacitor on the output to improve transientresponse.In additional to external capacitors, it is good
practice to add protection diodes, as shown infig.5.D1 protect the device against input short circuit,while D2 protect against output short circuit forcapacitance discharging.
Figure 5 : Voltage Regulator with Protection Diodes.
D1 protect the device against input short circuit, while D2 protects against output short circuit for capacitors discharging
Figure 6 : Slow Turn-on 15V Regulator. Figure 7 : Current Regulator.
Io =VrefR1
+ IADJ ≈ 1.25VR1
LM117/217/317
5/11
Figure 8 : 5V Electronic Shut-down Regulator Figure 9 : Digitally Selected Outputs
(R2 sets maximum Vo)
Figure 10 : Battery Charger (12V) Figure 11 : Current Limited 6V Charger
* RS sets output impedance of charger
Zo = RS (1 +R2
R1)
Use of RS allows low charging rates with fully charged battery.
* R3 sets peak current (0.6A for 1Ω).** C1 recommended to filter out input transients.
LM117/217/317
6/11
DIM.mm inch
MIN. TYP. MAX. MIN. TYP. MAX.
A 11.7 0.460
B 0.96 1.10 0.037 0.043
C 1.70 0.066
D 8.7 0.342
E 20.0 0.787
G 10.9 0.429
N 16.9 0.665
P 26.2 1.031
R 3.88 4.09 0.152 0.161
U 39.50 1.555
V 30.10 1.185
E
B
R
C
DAP
G
N
VU
O
P003N
TO-3 (R) MECHANICAL DATA
LM117/217/317
7/11
DIM.mm inch
MIN. TYP. MAX. MIN. TYP. MAX.
A 4.40 4.60 0.173 0.181
C 1.23 1.32 0.048 0.051
D 2.40 2.72 0.094 0.107
D1 1.27 0.050
E 0.49 0.70 0.019 0.027
F 0.61 0.88 0.024 0.034
F1 1.14 1.70 0.044 0.067
F2 1.14 1.70 0.044 0.067
G 4.95 5.15 0.194 0.203
G1 2.4 2.7 0.094 0.106
H2 10.0 10.40 0.393 0.409
L2 16.4 0.645
L4 13.0 14.0 0.511 0.551
L5 2.65 2.95 0.104 0.116
L6 15.25 15.75 0.600 0.620
L7 6.2 6.6 0.244 0.260
L9 3.5 3.93 0.137 0.154
DIA. 3.75 3.85 0.147 0.151
L6
A
C D
E
D1
F
G
L7
L2
Dia.
F1
L5
L4
H2
L9
F2
G1
TO-220 MECHANICAL DATA
P011C
LM117/217/317
8/11
DIM.mm inch
MIN. TYP. MAX. MIN. TYP. MAX.
A 4.4 4.6 0.173 0.181
B 2.5 2.7 0.098 0.106
D 2.5 2.75 0.098 0.108
E 0.4 0.7 0.015 0.027
F 0.75 1 0.030 0.039
F1 1.15 1.7 0.045 0.067
F2 1.15 1.7 0.045 0.067
G 4.95 5.2 0.195 0.204
G1 2.4 2.7 0.094 0.106
H 10 10.4 0.393 0.409
L2 16 0.630
L3 28.6 30.6 1.126 1.204
L4 9.8 10.6 0.385 0.417
L6 15.9 16.4 0.626 0.645
L7 9 9.3 0.354 0.366
Ø 3 3.2 0.118 0.126
L2
A
B
D
E
H G
L6
¯ F
L3
G1
1 2 3
F2
F1
L7
L4
ISOWATT220 MECHANICAL DATA
P011G
LM117/217/317
9/11
DIM.mm inch
MIN. TYP. MAX. MIN. TYP. MAX.
A 4.4 4.6 0.173 0.181
A1 2.49 2.69 0.098 0.106
B 0.7 0.93 0.027 0.036
B2 1.14 1.7 0.044 0.067
C 0.45 0.6 0.017 0.023
C2 1.23 1.36 0.048 0.053
D 8.95 9.35 0.352 0.368
E 10 10.4 0.393 0.409
G 4.88 5.28 0.192 0.208
L 15 15.85 0.590 0.624
L2 1.27 1.4 0.050 0.055
L3 1.4 1.75 0.055 0.068
L2 L3L
B2 B
GE
A
C2
D
C
A1
DETAIL”A”DETAIL”A”
A2
P011P6/F
TO-263 (D2PAK) MECHANICAL DATA
LM117/217/317
10/11
Information furnished isbelieved to be accurate and reliable. However, STMicroelectronics assumes no responsibility for the consequencesof use of such information nor for any infringement of patents or other rights of third parties which may result from its use. No license isgranted by implication or otherwise under any patent or patent rights of STMicroelectronics. Specification mentioned in this publication aresubject to change without notice. Thispublication supersedes and replaces all information previously supplied. STMicroelectronics productsare not authorized for use as critical components in life support devices or systems withoutexpress written approval of STMicroelectronics.
The ST logo is a registered trademark of STMicroelectronics
1999 STMicroelectronics – Printed in Italy – All Rights ReservedSTMicroelectronics GROUP OF COMPANIES
Australia - Brazil - China - Finland - France - Germany - Hong Kong - India - Italy - Japan - Malaysia - Malta - MoroccoSingapore - Spain - Sweden - Switzerland - United Kingdom - U.S.A.
http://www.st.com.
LM117/217/317
11/11
LM137/LM3373-Terminal Adjustable Negative RegulatorsGeneral DescriptionThe LM137/LM337 are adjustable 3-terminal negative volt-age regulators capable of supplying in excess of −1.5A overan output voltage range of −1.2V to −37V. These regulatorsare exceptionally easy to apply, requiring only 2 externalresistors to set the output voltage and 1 output capacitor forfrequency compensation. The circuit design has been opti-mized for excellent regulation and low thermal transients.Further, the LM137 series features internal current limiting,thermal shutdown and safe-area compensation, makingthem virtually blowout-proof against overloads.
The LM137/LM337 serve a wide variety of applications in-cluding local on-card regulation, programmable-output volt-age regulation or precision current regulation. The LM137/LM337 are ideal complements to the LM117/LM317adjustable positive regulators.
Featuresn Output voltage adjustable from −1.2V to −37Vn 1.5A output current guaranteed, −55˚C to +150˚Cn Line regulation typically 0.01%/Vn Load regulation typically 0.3%
n Excellent thermal regulation, 0.002%/Wn 77 dB ripple rejectionn Excellent rejection of thermal transientsn 50 ppm/˚C temperature coefficientn Temperature-independent current limitn Internal thermal overload protectionn P+ Product Enhancement testedn Standard 3-lead transistor packagen Output is short circuit protected
LM137 Series Packages and Power Capability
Rated Design
Device Package Power Load
Dissipation Current
LM137/337 TO-3 (K) 20W 1.5A
TO-39 (H) 2W 0.5A
LM337 TO-220 (T) 15W 1.5A
LM337 SOT-223(MP)
2W 1A
Typical ApplicationsAdjustable Negative Voltage Regulator
00906701
Full output current not available at high input-output voltages
†C1 = 1 µF solid tantalum or 10 µF aluminum electrolytic required forstability
*C2 = 1 µF solid tantalum is required only if regulator is more than 4" frompower-supply filter capacitor
Output capacitors in the range of 1 µF to 1000 µF of aluminum or tantalumelectrolytic are commonly used to provide improved output impedance andrejection of transients
Comparison between SOT-223 andD-Pak (TO-252) Packages
00906731
Scale 1:1
November 2001LM
137/LM337
3-TerminalA
djustableN
egativeR
egulators
© 2001 National Semiconductor Corporation DS009067 www.national.com
Absolute Maximum Ratings (Notes 1,
4)
If Military/Aerospace specified devices are required,please contact the National Semiconductor Sales Office/Distributors for availability and specifications.
Power Dissipation Internally Limited
Input-Output Voltage Differential 40V
Operating Junction TemperatureRange
LM137 −55˚C to +150˚C
LM337 0˚C to +125˚C
LM337I −40˚C to +125˚C
Storage Temperature −65˚C to +150˚C
Lead Temperature (Soldering, 10 sec.) 300˚C
Plastic Package (Soldering, 4 sec.) 260˚C
ESD Rating 2k Volts
Electrical Characteristics (Note 1)
Parameter Conditions LM137 LM337 Units
Min Typ Max Min Typ Max
Line Regulation Tj = 25˚C, 3V ≤ |VIN − VOUT| ≤ 40V 0.01 0.02 0.01 0.04 %/V
(Note 2) IL = 10 mA
Load Regulation Tj = 25˚C, 10 mA ≤ IOUT ≤ IMAX 0.3 0.5 0.3 1.0 %
Thermal Regulation Tj = 25˚C, 10 ms Pulse 0.002 0.02 0.003 0.04 %/W
Adjustment Pin Current 65 100 65 100 µA
Adjustment Pin Current Charge 10 mA ≤ IL ≤ IMAX 2 5 2 5 µA
3.0V ≤ |VIN − VOUT| ≤ 40V,
TA = 25˚C
Reference Voltage Tj = 25˚C (Note 3) −1.225 −1.250 −1.275 −1.213 −1.250 −1.287 V
3V ≤ |VIN − VOUT| ≤ 40V, (Note 3) −1.200 −1.250 −1.300 −1.200 −1.250 −1.300 V
10 mA ≤ IOUT ≤ IMAX, P ≤ PMAX
Line Regulation 3V ≤ |VIN − VOUT| ≤ 40V, (Note 2) 0.02 0.05 0.02 0.07 %/V
Load Regulation 10 mA ≤ IOUT ≤ IMAX, (Note 2) 0.3 1 0.3 1.5 %
Temperature Stability TMIN ≤ Tj ≤ TMAX 0.6 0.6 %
Minimum Load Current |VIN − VOUT| ≤ 40V 2.5 5 2.5 10 mA
|VIN − VOUT| ≤ 10V 1.2 3 1.5 6 mA
Current Limit |VIN − VOUT| ≤ 15V
K, MP and T Package 1.5 2.2 3.5 1.5 2.2 3.7 A
H Package 0.5 0.8 1.8 0.5 0.8 1.9 A
|VIN − VOUT| = 40V, Tj = 25˚C
K, MP and T Package 0.24 0.4 0.15 0.4 A
H Package 0.15 0.17 0.10 0.17 A
RMS Output Noise, % of VOUT Tj = 25˚C, 10 Hz ≤ f ≤ 10 kHz 0.003 0.003 %
Ripple Rejection Ratio VOUT = −10V, f = 120 Hz 60 60 dB
CADJ = 10 µF 66 77 66 77 dB
Long-Term Stability Tj = 125˚C, 1000 Hours 0.3 1 0.3 1 %
Thermal Resistance, Junction toCase
H Package 12 15 12 15 ˚C/W
K Package 2.3 3 2.3 3 ˚C/W
T Package 4 ˚C/W
Thermal Resistance, Junction toAmbient (No Heat Sink)
H Package 140 140 ˚C/W
K Package 35 35 ˚C/W
T PackageMP Package
50170
˚C/W˚C/W
Note 1: Unless otherwise specified, these specifications apply −55˚C ≤ Tj ≤ +150˚C for the LM137, 0˚C ≤ Tj ≤ +125˚C for the LM337; VIN − VOUT = 5V; and IOUT= 0.1A for the TO-39 package and IOUT = 0.5A for the TO-3, SOT-223 and TO-220 packages. Although power dissipation is internally limited, these specificationsare applicable for power dissipations of 2W for the TO-39 and SOT-223 (see Application Hints), and 20W for the TO-3, and TO-220. IMAX is 1.5A for the TO-3,SOT-223 and TO-220 packages, and 0.2A for the TO-39 package.
Note 2: Regulation is measured at constant junction temperature, using pulse testing with a low duty cycle. Changes in output voltage due to heating effects arecovered under the specification for thermal regulation. Load regulation is measured on the output pin at a point 1⁄8" below the base of the TO-3 and TO-39 packages.
LM13
7/LM
337
www.national.com 2
Electrical Characteristics (Note 1) (Continued)Note 3: Selected devices with tightened tolerance reference voltage available.
Note 4: Refer to RETS137H drawing for LM137H or RETS137K drawing for LM137K military specifications.
Schematic Diagram
00906702
Thermal RegulationWhen power is dissipated in an IC, a temperature gradientoccurs across the IC chip affecting the individual IC circuitcomponents. With an IC regulator, this gradient can be es-pecially severe since power dissipation is large. Thermalregulation is the effect of these temperature gradients onoutput voltage (in percentage output change) per Watt ofpower change in a specified time. Thermal regulation error isindependent of electrical regulation or temperature coeffi-cient, and occurs within 5 ms to 50 ms after a change inpower dissipation. Thermal regulation depends on IC layoutas well as electrical design. The thermal regulation of avoltage regulator is defined as the percentage change ofVOUT, per Watt, within the first 10 ms after a step of power isapplied. The LM137’s specification is 0.02%/W, max.
00906703
LM137, VOUT = −10V
VIN − VOUT = −40V
IIL = 0A → 0.25A → 0A
Vertical sensitivity, 5 mV/div
FIGURE 1.
LM137/LM
337
www.national.com3
Thermal Regulation (Continued)
In Figure 1, a typical LM137’s output drifts only 3 mV (or0.03% of VOUT = −10V) when a 10W pulse is applied for10 ms. This performance is thus well inside the specificationlimit of 0.02%/W x 10W = 0.2% max. When the 10W pulse isended, the thermal regulation again shows a 3 mV step atthe LM137 chip cools off. Note that the load regulation errorof about 8 mV (0.08%) is additional to the thermal regulationerror. In Figure 2, when the 10W pulse is applied for 100 ms,the output drifts only slightly beyond the drift in the first10 ms, and the thermal error stays well within 0.1% (10 mV).
Connection Diagrams
TO-3Metal Can Package
00906705
Bottom ViewOrder Number LM137K/883
LM137KPQML and LM137KPQMLV (Note 5)See NS Package Number K02COrder Number LM337K STEELSee NS Package Number K02A
Case is Input
TO-39Metal Can Package
00906706
Bottom ViewOrder Number LM137H, LM137H/883 or LM337H
LM137HPQML and LM137HPQMLV (Note 5)See NS Package Number H03A
Case Is Input
Note 5: See STD Mil DWG 5962P99517 for Radiation Tolerant Devices
TO-220Plastic Package
00906707
Front ViewOrder Number LM337T
See NS Package Number T03B
3-Lead SOT-223
00906734
Front ViewOrder Number LM337IMP
Package Marked N02ASee NS Package Number MA04A
00906704
LM137, VOUT = −10V
VIN − VOUT = −40V
IL = 0A → 0.25A → 0A
Horizontal sensitivity, 20 ms/div
FIGURE 2.
LM13
7/LM
337
www.national.com 4
Application HintsWhen a value for θ(H−A) is found using the equation shown,a heatsink must be selected that has a value that is less thanor equal to this number.
HEATSINKING SOT-223 PACKAGE PARTS
The SOT-223 (“MP”) packages use a copper plane on thePCB and the PCB itself as a heatsink. To optimize the heatsinking ability of the plane and PCB, solder the tab of thepackage to the plane.
Figures 3, 4 show the information for the SOT-223 package.Figure 4 assumes a θ(J−A) of 75˚C/W for 1 ounce copper and51˚C/W for 2 ounce copper and a maximum junction tem-perature of 125˚C.
Please see AN1028 for power enhancement techniques tobe used with the SOT-223 package.
Typical ApplicationsAdjustable Lab Voltage Regulator
00906709
Full output current not available
at high input-output voltages
*The 10 µF capacitors are optional to improve ripple rejection
Current Regulator
00906711
Negative Regulator with Protection Diodes
00906713
*When CL is larger than 20 µF, D1 protects the LM137 in case the inputsupply is shorted
**When C2 is larger than 10 µF and −VOUT is larger than −25V, D2protects the LM137 in case the output is shorted
00906732
FIGURE 3. θ(J−A) vs Copper (2 ounce) Area for theSOT-223 Package
00906733
FIGURE 4. Maximum Power Dissipation vs. T AMB forthe SOT-223 Package
LM137/LM
337
www.national.com5
Typical Applications (Continued)
−5.2V Regulator with Electronic Shutdown *
00906710
*Minimum output . −1.3V when control input is low
Adjustable Current Regulator
00906712
High Stability −10V Regulator
00906714
LM13
7/LM
337
www.national.com 6
Typical Performance Characteristics (K Steel and T Packages)
Load Regulation Current Limit
0090671600906717
Adjustment Current Dropout Voltage
00906718 00906719
Temperature Stability Minimum Operating Current
00906720 00906721
LM137/LM
337
www.national.com7
Typical Performance Characteristics (K Steel and T Packages) (Continued)
Ripple Rejection Ripple Rejection
00906722 00906723
Ripple Rejection Output Impedance
00906724 00906725
Line Transient Response Load Transient Response
0090672600906727
LM13
7/LM
337
www.national.com 8
Physical Dimensions inches (millimeters)unless otherwise noted
Metal Can Package (H)Order Number LM137H, LM137H/883 or LM337H
NS Package Number H03A
LM137/LM
337
www.national.com9
Physical Dimensions inches (millimeters) unless otherwise noted (Continued)
Metal Can Package (K)Order Number LM337K STEEL
NS Package Number K02A
Mil-Aero Metal Can Package (K)Order Number LM137K/883NS Package Number K02C
LM13
7/LM
337
www.national.com 10
Physical Dimensions inches (millimeters) unless otherwise noted (Continued)
3-Lead SOT-223 PackageOrder Number LM337IMP
NS Package Number M04A
LM137/LM
337
www.national.com11
Physical Dimensions inches (millimeters) unless otherwise noted (Continued)
TO-220 Plastic Package (T)Order Number LM337T
NS Package Number T03B
LIFE SUPPORT POLICY
NATIONAL’S PRODUCTS ARE NOT AUTHORIZED FOR USE AS CRITICAL COMPONENTS IN LIFE SUPPORTDEVICES OR SYSTEMS WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE PRESIDENT AND GENERALCOUNSEL OF NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION. As used herein:
1. Life support devices or systems are devices orsystems which, (a) are intended for surgical implantinto the body, or (b) support or sustain life, andwhose failure to perform when properly used inaccordance with instructions for use provided in thelabeling, can be reasonably expected to result in asignificant injury to the user.
2. A critical component is any component of a lifesupport device or system whose failure to performcan be reasonably expected to cause the failure ofthe life support device or system, or to affect itssafety or effectiveness.
National SemiconductorCorporationAmericasEmail: support@nsc.com
National SemiconductorEurope
Fax: +49 (0) 180-530 85 86Email: europe.support@nsc.com
Deutsch Tel: +49 (0) 69 9508 6208English Tel: +44 (0) 870 24 0 2171Français Tel: +33 (0) 1 41 91 8790
National SemiconductorAsia Pacific CustomerResponse GroupTel: 65-2544466Fax: 65-2504466Email: ap.support@nsc.com
National SemiconductorJapan Ltd.Tel: 81-3-5639-7560Fax: 81-3-5639-7507
www.national.com
LM13
7/LM
337
3-Te
rmin
alA
djus
tabl
eN
egat
ive
Reg
ulat
ors
National does not assume any responsibility for use of any circuitry described, no circuit patent licenses are implied and National reserves the right at any time without notice to change said circuitry and specifications.
©2001 Fairchild Semiconductor Corporation
www.fairchildsemi.com
Rev. 1.0.0
Features• Output Current up to 1A • Output Voltages of 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 12, 15, 18, 24V • Thermal Overload Protection • Short Circuit Protection• Output Transistor Safe Operating Area Protection
DescriptionThe MC78XX/LM78XX/MC78XXA series of three terminal positive regulators are available in the TO-220/D-PAK package and with several fixed output voltages, making them useful in a wide range of applications. Each type employs internal current limiting,thermal shut down and safe operating area protection, making it essentially indestructible. If adequate heat sinkingis provided, they can deliver over 1A output current.Although designed primarily as fixed voltage regulators,these devices can be used with external components toobtain adjustable voltages and currents.
TO-220
D-PAK
1. Input 2. GND 3. Output
1
1
Internal Block Digram
MC78XX/LM78XX/MC78XXA3-Terminal 1A Positive Voltage Regulator
MC78XX/LM78XX/MC78XXA
2
Absolute Maximum Ratings
Electrical Characteristics (MC7805/LM7805)(Refer to test circuit ,0°C < TJ < 125°C, IO = 500mA, VI = 10V, CI= 0.33µF, CO= 0.1µF, unless otherwise specified)
Note:1. Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temperature. Changes in Vo due to heating effects must be taken
into account separately. Pulse testing with low duty is used.
Parameter Symbol Value UnitInput Voltage (for VO = 5V to 18V)(for VO = 24V)
VIVI
3540
VV
Thermal Resistance Junction-Cases (TO-220) RθJC 5 oC/WThermal Resistance Junction-Air (TO-220) RθJA 65 oC/WOperating Temperature Range TOPR 0 ~ +125 oCStorage Temperature Range TSTG -65 ~ +150 oC
Parameter Symbol ConditionsMC7805/LM7805
UnitMin. Typ. Max.
Output Voltage VOTJ =+25 oC 4.8 5.0 5.25.0mA ≤ Io ≤ 1.0A, PO ≤ 15WVI = 7V to 20V 4.75 5.0 5.25 V
Line Regulation (Note1) Regline TJ=+25 oCVO = 7V to 25V - 4.0 100
mVVI = 8V to 12V - 1.6 50
Load Regulation (Note1) Regload TJ=+25 oCIO = 5.0mA to1.5A - 9 100
mVIO =250mA to 750mA - 4 50
Quiescent Current IQ TJ =+25 oC - 5.0 8.0 mA
Quiescent Current Change ∆IQIO = 5mA to 1.0A - 0.03 0.5
mAVI= 7V to 25V - 0.3 1.3
Output Voltage Drift ∆VO/∆T IO= 5mA - -0.8 - mV/ oCOutput Noise Voltage VN f = 10Hz to 100KHz, TA=+25 oC - 42 - µV/Vo
Ripple Rejection RR f = 120HzVO = 8V to 18V 62 73 - dB
Dropout Voltage VDrop IO = 1A, TJ =+25 oC - 2 - VOutput Resistance rO f = 1KHz - 15 - mΩShort Circuit Current ISC VI = 35V, TA =+25 oC - 230 - mAPeak Current IPK TJ =+25 oC - 2.2 - A
MC78XX/LM78XX/MC78XXA
3
Electrical Characteristics (MC7806)(Refer to test circuit ,0°C < TJ < 125°C, IO = 500mA, VI =11V, CI= 0.33µF, CO= 0.1µF, unless otherwise specified)
Note:1. Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temperature. Changes in VO due to heating effects must be taken
into account separately. Pulse testing with low duty is used.
Parameter Symbol ConditionsMC7806
UnitMin. Typ. Max.
Output Voltage VOTJ =+25 oC 5.75 6.0 6.255.0mA ≤ IO ≤ 1.0A, PO ≤ 15WVI = 8.0V to 21V 5.7 6.0 6.3 V
Line Regulation (Note1) Regline TJ =+25 oCVI = 8V to 25V - 5 120
mVVI = 9V to 13V - 1.5 60
Load Regulation (Note1) Regload TJ =+25 oCIO =5mA to 1.5A - 9 120
mVIO =250mA to750A - 3 60
Quiescent Current IQ TJ =+25 oC - 5.0 8.0 mA
Quiescent Current Change ∆IQIO = 5mA to 1A - - 0.5
mAVI = 8V to 25V - - 1.3
Output Voltage Drift ∆VO/∆T IO = 5mA - -0.8 - mV/ oCOutput Noise Voltage VN f = 10Hz to 100KHz, TA =+25 oC - 45 - µV/Vo
Ripple Rejection RR f = 120HzVI = 9V to 19V 59 75 - dB
Dropout Voltage VDrop IO = 1A, TJ =+25 oC - 2 - VOutput Resistance rO f = 1KHz - 19 - mΩShort Circuit Current ISC VI= 35V, TA=+25 oC - 250 - mAPeak Current IPK TJ =+25 oC - 2.2 - A
MC78XX/LM78XX/MC78XXA
4
Electrical Characteristics (MC7808)(Refer to test circuit ,0°C < TJ < 125°C, IO = 500mA, VI =14V, CI= 0.33µF, CO= 0.1µF, unless otherwise specified)
Note:1. Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temperature. Changes in VO due to heating effects must be taken
into account separately. Pulse testing with low duty is used.
Parameter Symbol ConditionsMC7808
UnitMin. Typ. Max.
Output Voltage VOTJ =+25 oC 7.7 8.0 8.35.0mA ≤ IO ≤ 1.0A, PO ≤ 15WVI = 10.5V to 23V 7.6 8.0 8.4 V
Line Regulation (Note1) Regline TJ =+25 oCVI = 10.5V to 25V - 5.0 160
mVVI = 11.5V to 17V - 2.0 80
Load Regulation (Note1) Regload TJ =+25 oCIO = 5.0mA to 1.5A - 10 160
mVIO= 250mA to 750mA - 5.0 80
Quiescent Current IQ TJ =+25 oC - 5.0 8.0 mA
Quiescent Current Change ∆IQIO = 5mA to 1.0A - 0.05 0.5
mAVI = 10.5A to 25V - 0.5 1.0
Output Voltage Drift ∆VO/∆T IO = 5mA - -0.8 - mV/ oCOutput Noise Voltage VN f = 10Hz to 100KHz, TA =+25 oC - 52 - µV/VoRipple Rejection RR f = 120Hz, VI= 11.5V to 21.5V 56 73 - dBDropout Voltage VDrop IO = 1A, TJ=+25 oC - 2 - VOutput Resistance rO f = 1KHz - 17 - mΩShort Circuit Current ISC VI= 35V, TA =+25 oC - 230 - mAPeak Current IPK TJ =+25 oC - 2.2 - A
MC78XX/LM78XX/MC78XXA
5
Electrical Characteristics (MC7809)(Refer to test circuit ,0°C < TJ < 125°C, IO = 500mA, VI =15V, CI= 0.33µF, CO= 0.1µF, unless otherwise specified)
Note:1. Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temperature. Changes in VO due to heating effects must be taken
into account separately. Pulse testing with low duty is used.
Parameter Symbol ConditionsMC7809
UnitMin. Typ. Max.
Output Voltage VOTJ =+25°C 8.65 9 9.355.0mA≤ IO ≤1.0A, PO ≤15WVI= 11.5V to 24V 8.6 9 9.4 V
Line Regulation (Note1) Regline TJ=+25°CVI = 11.5V to 25V - 6 180
mVVI = 12V to 17V - 2 90
Load Regulation (Note1) Regload TJ=+25°CIO = 5mA to 1.5A - 12 180
mVIO = 250mA to 750mA - 4 90
Quiescent Current IQ TJ=+25°C - 5.0 8.0 mA
Quiescent Current Change ∆IQIO = 5mA to 1.0A - - 0.5
mAVI = 11.5V to 26V - - 1.3
Output Voltage Drift ∆VO/∆T IO = 5mA - -1 - mV/ °COutput Noise Voltage VN f = 10Hz to 100KHz, TA =+25 °C - 58 - µV/VoRipple Rejection RR f = 120Hz
VI = 13V to 23V 56 71 - dB
Dropout Voltage VDrop IO = 1A, TJ=+25°C - 2 - VOutput Resistance rO f = 1KHz - 17 - mΩShort Circuit Current ISC VI= 35V, TA =+25°C - 250 - mAPeak Current IPK TJ= +25°C - 2.2 - A
MC78XX/LM78XX/MC78XXA
6
Electrical Characteristics (MC7810)(Refer to test circuit ,0°C< TJ < 125°C, IO = 500mA, VI =16V, CI= 0.33µF, CO=0.1µF, unless otherwise specified)
Note:1. Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temperature. Changes in VO due to heating effects must be taken
into account separately. Pulse testing with low duty is used.
Parameter Symbol ConditionsMC7810
UnitMin. Typ. Max.
Output Voltage VOTJ =+25 °C 9.6 10 10.45.0mA ≤ IO≤1.0A, PO ≤15WVI = 12.5V to 25V 9.5 10 10.5 V
Line Regulation (Note1) Regline TJ =+25°CVI = 12.5V to 25V - 10 200
mVVI = 13V to 25V - 3 100
Load Regulation (Note1) Regload TJ =+25°CIO = 5mA to 1.5A - 12 200
mVIO = 250mA to 750mA - 4 400
Quiescent Current IQ TJ =+25°C - 5.1 8.0 mA
Quiescent Current Change ∆IQIO = 5mA to 1.0A - - 0.5
mAVI = 12.5V to 29V - - 1.0
Output Voltage Drift ∆VO/∆T IO = 5mA - -1 - mV/°COutput Noise Voltage VN f = 10Hz to 100KHz, TA =+25 °C - 58 - µV/Vo
Ripple Rejection RR f = 120HzVI = 13V to 23V 56 71 - dB
Dropout Voltage VDrop IO = 1A, TJ=+25 °C - 2 - VOutput Resistance rO f = 1KHz - 17 - mΩShort Circuit Current ISC VI = 35V, TA=+25 °C - 250 - mAPeak Current IPK TJ =+25 °C - 2.2 - A
MC78XX/LM78XX/MC78XXA
7
Electrical Characteristics (MC7812)(Refer to test circuit ,0°C < TJ < 125°C, IO = 500mA, VI =19V, CI= 0.33µF, CO=0.1µF, unless otherwise specified)
Note:1. Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temperature. Changes in VO due to heating effects must be taken
into account separately. Pulse testing with low duty is used.
Parameter Symbol ConditionsMC7812
UnitMin. Typ. Max.
Output Voltage VOTJ =+25 oC 11.5 12 12.55.0mA ≤ IO≤1.0A, PO≤15WVI = 14.5V to 27V 11.4 12 12.6 V
Line Regulation (Note1) Regline TJ =+25 oCVI = 14.5V to 30V - 10 240
mVVI = 16V to 22V - 3.0 120
Load Regulation (Note1) Regload TJ =+25 oCIO = 5mA to 1.5A - 11 240
mVIO = 250mA to 750mA - 5.0 120
Quiescent Current IQ TJ =+25 oC - 5.1 8.0 mA
Quiescent Current Change ∆IQIO = 5mA to 1.0A - 0.1 0.5
mAVI = 14.5V to 30V - 0.5 1.0
Output Voltage Drift ∆VO/∆T IO = 5mA - -1 - mV/ oCOutput Noise Voltage VN f = 10Hz to 100KHz, TA =+25 oC - 76 - µV/Vo
Ripple Rejection RR f = 120HzVI = 15V to 25V 55 71 - dB
Dropout Voltage VDrop IO = 1A, TJ=+25 oC - 2 - VOutput Resistance rO f = 1KHz - 18 - mΩShort Circuit Current ISC VI = 35V, TA=+25 oC - 230 - mAPeak Current IPK TJ = +25 oC - 2.2 - A
MC78XX/LM78XX/MC78XXA
8
Electrical Characteristics (MC7815)(Refer to test circuit ,0°C < TJ < 125°C, IO = 500mA, VI =23V, CI= 0.33µF, CO=0.1µF, unless otherwise specified)
Note:1. Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temperature. Changes in VO due to heating effects must be taken
into account separately. Pulse testing with low duty is used.
Parameter Symbol ConditionsMC7815
UnitMin. Typ. Max.
Output Voltage VOTJ =+25 oC 14.4 15 15.65.0mA ≤ IO ≤ 1.0A, PO ≤ 15WVI = 17.5V to 30V 14.25 15 15.75 V
Line Regulation (Note1) Regline TJ =+25 oCVI = 17.5V to 30V - 11 300
mVVI = 20V to 26V - 3 150
Load Regulation (Note1) Regload TJ =+25 oCIO = 5mA to 1.5A - 12 300
mVIO = 250mA to 750mA - 4 150
Quiescent Current IQ TJ =+25 oC - 5.2 8.0 mA
Quiescent Current Change ∆IQIO = 5mA to 1.0A - - 0.5
mAVI = 17.5V to 30V - - 1.0
Output Voltage Drift ∆VO/∆T IO = 5mA - -1 - mV/ oCOutput Noise Voltage VN f = 10Hz to 100KHz, TA =+25 oC - 90 - µV/Vo
Ripple Rejection RR f = 120HzVI = 18.5V to 28.5V 54 70 - dB
Dropout Voltage VDrop IO = 1A, TJ=+25 oC - 2 - VOutput Resistance rO f = 1KHz - 19 - mΩShort Circuit Current ISC VI = 35V, TA=+25 oC - 250 - mAPeak Current IPK TJ =+25 oC - 2.2 - A
MC78XX/LM78XX/MC78XXA
9
Electrical Characteristics (MC7818)(Refer to test circuit ,0°C < TJ < 125°C, IO = 500mA, VI =27V, CI= 0.33µF, CO=0.1µF, unless otherwise specified)
Note:1. Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temperature. Changes in VO due to heating effects must be taken
into account separately. Pulse testing with low duty is used.
Parameter Symbol ConditionsMC7818
UnitMin. Typ. Max.
Output Voltage VOTJ =+25 oC 17.3 18 18.75.0mA ≤ IO ≤1.0A, PO ≤15WVI = 21V to 33V 17.1 18 18.9 V
Line Regulation (Note1) Regline TJ =+25 oCVI = 21V to 33V - 15 360
mVVI = 24V to 30V - 5 180
Load Regulation (Note1) Regload TJ =+25 oCIO = 5mA to 1.5A - 15 360
mVIO = 250mA to 750mA - 5.0 180
Quiescent Current IQ TJ =+25 oC - 5.2 8.0 mA
Quiescent Current Change ∆IQIO = 5mA to 1.0A - - 0.5
mAVI = 21V to 33V - - 1
Output Voltage Drift ∆VO/∆T IO = 5mA - -1 - mV/ oCOutput Noise Voltage VN f = 10Hz to 100KHz, TA =+25 oC - 110 - µV/Vo
Ripple Rejection RR f = 120HzVI = 22V to 32V 53 69 - dB
Dropout Voltage VDrop IO = 1A, TJ=+25 oC - 2 - VOutput Resistance rO f = 1KHz - 22 - mΩShort Circuit Current ISC VI = 35V, TA=+25 oC - 250 - mAPeak Current IPK TJ =+25 oC - 2.2 - A
MC78XX/LM78XX/MC78XXA
10
Electrical Characteristics (MC7824)(Refer to test circuit ,0°C < TJ < 125°C, IO = 500mA, VI =33V, CI= 0.33µF, CO=0.1µF, unless otherwise specified)
Note:1. Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temperature. Changes in VO due to heating effects must be taken
into account separately. Pulse testing with low duty is used.
Parameter Symbol ConditionsMC7824
UnitMin. Typ. Max.
Output Voltage VOTJ =+25 oC 23 24 255.0mA ≤ IO ≤ 1.0A, PO ≤ 15WVI = 27V to 38V 22.8 24 25.25 V
Line Regulation (Note1) Regline TJ =+25 oCVI = 27V to 38V - 17 480
mVVI = 30V to 36V - 6 240
Load Regulation (Note1) Regload TJ =+25 oCIO = 5mA to 1.5A - 15 480
mVIO = 250mA to 750mA - 5.0 240
Quiescent Current IQ TJ =+25 oC - 5.2 8.0 mA
Quiescent Current Change ∆IQIO = 5mA to 1.0A - 0.1 0.5
mAVI = 27V to 38V - 0.5 1
Output Voltage Drift ∆VO/∆T IO = 5mA - -1.5 - mV/ oCOutput Noise Voltage VN f = 10Hz to 100KHz, TA =+25 oC - 60 - µV/Vo
Ripple Rejection RR f = 120HzVI = 28V to 38V 50 67 - dB
Dropout Voltage VDrop IO = 1A, TJ=+25 oC - 2 - VOutput Resistance rO f = 1KHz - 28 - mΩShort Circuit Current ISC VI = 35V, TA=+25 oC - 230 - mAPeak Current IPK TJ =+25 oC - 2.2 - A
MC78XX/LM78XX/MC78XXA
11
Electrical Characteristics (MC7805A)(Refer to the test circuits. 0°C < TJ < 125°C, Io =1A, V I = 10V, C I=0.33µF, C O=0.1µF, unless otherwise specified)
Note:1. Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temperature. Change in VO due to heating effects must be taken
into account separately. Pulse testing with low duty is used.
Parameter Symbol Conditions Min. Typ. Max. Unit
Output Voltage VOTJ =+25 oC 4.9 5 5.1
VIO = 5mA to 1A, PO ≤ 15WVI = 7.5V to 20V 4.8 5 5.2
Line Regulation (Note1) Regline
VI = 7.5V to 25VIO = 500mA - 5 50
mVVI = 8V to 12V - 3 50
TJ =+25 oCVI= 7.3V to 20V - 5 50VI= 8V to 12V - 1.5 25
Load Regulation (Note1) Regload
TJ =+25 oCIO = 5mA to 1.5A - 9 100
mVIO = 5mA to 1A - 9 100IO = 250mA to 750mA - 4 50
Quiescent Current IQ TJ =+25 oC - 5.0 6 mA
Quiescent Current Change ∆IQ
IO = 5mA to 1A - - 0.5mAVI = 8 V to 25V, IO = 500mA - - 0.8
VI = 7.5V to 20V, TJ =+25 oC - - 0.8Output Voltage Drift ∆V/∆T Io = 5mA - -0.8 - mV/ oC
Output Noise Voltage VNf = 10Hz to 100KHzTA =+25 oC - 10 - µV/Vo
Ripple Rejection RR f = 120Hz, IO = 500mAVI = 8V to 18V - 68 - dB
Dropout Voltage VDrop IO = 1A, TJ =+25 oC - 2 - VOutput Resistance rO f = 1KHz - 17 - mΩShort Circuit Current ISC VI= 35V, TA =+25 oC - 250 - mAPeak Current IPK TJ= +25 oC - 2.2 - A
MC78XX/LM78XX/MC78XXA
12
Electrical Characteristics (MC7806A)(Refer to the test circuits. 0°C < TJ < 125°C, Io =1A, V I =11V, C I=0.33µF, C O=0.1µF, unless otherwise specified)
Note:1. Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temperature. Change in VO due to heating effects must be taken
into account separately. Pulse testing with low duty is used.
Parameter Symbol Conditions Min. Typ. Max. Unit
Output Voltage VOTJ =+25 oC 5.58 6 6.12
VIO = 5mA to 1A, PO ≤ 15WVI = 8.6V to 21V 5.76 6 6.24
Line Regulation (Note1) Regline
VI= 8.6V to 25VIO = 500mA - 5 60
mVVI= 9V to 13V - 3 60
TJ =+25 oCVI= 8.3V to 21V - 5 60VI= 9V to 13V - 1.5 30
Load Regulation (Note1) Regload
TJ =+25 oCIO = 5mA to 1.5A - 9 100
mVIO = 5mA to 1A - 4 100IO = 250mA to 750mA - 5.0 50
Quiescent Current IQ TJ =+25 oC - 4.3 6 mA
Quiescent Current Change ∆IQ
IO = 5mA to 1A - - 0.5mAVI = 9V to 25V, IO = 500mA - - 0.8
VI= 8.5V to 21V, TJ =+25 oC - - 0.8Output Voltage Drift ∆V/∆T IO = 5mA - -0.8 - mV/ oC
Output Noise Voltage VNf = 10Hz to 100KHzTA =+25 oC - 10 - µV/Vo
Ripple Rejection RR f = 120Hz, IO = 500mAVI = 9V to 19V - 65 - dB
Dropout Voltage VDrop IO = 1A, TJ =+25 oC - 2 - VOutput Resistance rO f = 1KHz - 17 - mΩShort Circuit Current ISC VI= 35V, TA =+25 oC - 250 - mAPeak Current IPK TJ=+25 oC - 2.2 - A
MC78XX/LM78XX/MC78XXA
13
Electrical Characteristics (MC7808A)(Refer to the test circuits. 0°C < TJ < 125°C, Io =1A, V I = 14V, C I=0.33µF, C O=0.1µF, unless otherwise specified)
Note:1. Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temperature. Change in VO due to heating effects must be taken
into account separately. Pulse testing with low duty is used.
Parameter Symbol Conditions Min. Typ. Max. Unit
Output Voltage VOTJ =+25 oC 7.84 8 8.16
VIO = 5mA to 1A, PO ≤15WVI = 10.6V to 23V 7.7 8 8.3
Line Regulation (Note1) Regline
VI= 10.6V to 25VIO = 500mA - 6 80
mVVI= 11V to 17V - 3 80
TJ =+25 oCVI= 10.4V to 23V - 6 80VI= 11V to 17V - 2 40
Load Regulation (Note1) Regload
TJ =+25 oCIO = 5mA to 1.5A - 12 100
mVIO = 5mA to 1A - 12 100IO = 250mA to 750mA - 5 50
Quiescent Current IQ TJ =+25 oC - 5.0 6 mA
Quiescent Current Change ∆IQIO = 5mA to 1A - - 0.5
mAVI = 11V to 25V, IO = 500mA - - 0.8VI= 10.6V to 23V, TJ =+25 oC - - 0.8
Output Voltage Drift ∆V/∆T IO = 5mA - -0.8 - mV/ oC
Output Noise Voltage VNf = 10Hz to 100KHzTA =+25 oC - 10 - µV/Vo
Ripple Rejection RR f = 120Hz, IO = 500mAVI = 11.5V to 21.5V - 62 - dB
Dropout Voltage VDrop IO = 1A, TJ =+25 oC - 2 - VOutput Resistance rO f = 1KHz - 18 - mΩShort Circuit Current ISC VI= 35V, TA =+25 oC - 250 - mAPeak Current IPK TJ=+25 oC - 2.2 - A
MC78XX/LM78XX/MC78XXA
14
Electrical Characteristics (MC7809A)(Refer to the test circuits. 0°C < TJ < 125°C, Io =1A, V I = 15V, C I=0.33µF, C O=0.1µF, unless otherwise specified)
Note:1. Load and line regulation are specified at constant, junction temperature. Change in VO due to heating effects must be taken
into account separately. Pulse testing with low duty is used.
Parameter Symbol Conditions Min. Typ. Max. Unit
Output Voltage VOTJ =+25°C 8.82 9.0 9.18
VIO = 5mA to 1A, PO≤15WVI = 11.2V to 24V 8.65 9.0 9.35
Line Regulation (Note1) Regline
VI= 11.7V to 25VIO = 500mA - 6 90
mVVI= 12.5V to 19V - 4 45
TJ =+25°C VI= 11.5V to 24V - 6 90 VI= 12.5V to 19V - 2 45
Load Regulation (Note1) Regload
TJ =+25°CIO = 5mA to 1.0A - 12 100
mVIO = 5mA to 1.0A - 12 100IO = 250mA to 750mA - 5 50
Quiescent Current IQ TJ =+25 °C - 5.0 6.0 mA
Quiescent Current Change ∆IQ
VI = 11.7V to 25V, TJ=+25 °C - - 0.8mAVI = 12V to 25V, IO = 500mA - - 0.8
IO = 5mA to 1.0A - - 0.5Output Voltage Drift ∆V/∆T IO = 5mA - -1.0 - mV/ °C
Output Noise Voltage VNf = 10Hz to 100KHzTA =+25 °C - 10 - µV/Vo
Ripple Rejection RR f = 120Hz, IO = 500mAVI = 12V to 22V - 62 - dB
Dropout Voltage VDrop IO = 1A, TJ =+25 °C - 2.0 - VOutput Resistance rO f = 1KHz - 17 - mΩShort Circuit Current ISC VI= 35V, TA =+25 °C - 250 - mAPeak Current IPK TJ=+25°C - 2.2 - A
MC78XX/LM78XX/MC78XXA
15
Electrical Characteristics (MC7810A)(Refer to the test circuits. 0°C < TJ < 125°C, Io =1A, V I = 16V, C I=0.33µF, C O=0.1µF, unless otherwise specified)
Note:1. Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temperature. Change in VO due to heating effects must be taken
into account separately. Pulse testing with low duty is used.
Parameter Symbol Conditions Min. Typ. Max. Unit
Output Voltage VO TJ =+25°C 9.8 10 10.2
V IO = 5mA to 1A, PO ≤ 15W VI =12.8V to 25V 9.6 10 10.4
Line Regulation (Note1) Regline
VI= 12.8V to 26V IO = 500mA - 8 100
mV VI= 13V to 20V - 4 50
TJ =+25 °C VI= 12.5V to 25V - 8 100 VI= 13V to 20V - 3 50
Load Regulation (Note1) Regload
TJ =+25 °C IO = 5mA to 1.5A - 12 100
mV IO = 5mA to 1.0A - 12 100 IO = 250mA to 750mA - 5 50
Quiescent Current IQ TJ =+25 °C - 5.0 6.0 mA
Quiescent Current Change ∆IQ
VI = 13V to 26V, TJ=+25 °C - - 0.5mA VI = 12.8V to 25V, IO = 500mA - - 0.8
IO = 5mA to 1.0A - - 0.5Output Voltage Drift ∆V/∆T IO = 5mA - -1.0 - mV/ °C
Output Noise Voltage VN f = 10Hz to 100KHz TA =+25 °C - 10 - µV/Vo
Ripple Rejection RR f = 120Hz, IO = 500mA VI = 14V to 24V - 62 - dB
Dropout Voltage VDrop IO = 1A, TJ =+25°C - 2.0 - VOutput Resistance rO f = 1KHz - 17 - mΩShort Circuit Current ISC VI= 35V, TA =+25 °C - 250 - mAPeak Current IPK TJ=+25 °C - 2.2 - A
MC78XX/LM78XX/MC78XXA
16
Electrical Characteristics (MC7812A)(Refer to the test circuits. 0°C < TJ < 125°C, Io =1A, V I = 19V, C I=0.33µF, C O=0.1µF, unless otherwise specified)
Note:1. Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temperature. Change in VO due to heating effects must be taken
into account separately. Pulse testing with low duty is used.
Parameter Symbol Conditions Min. Typ. Max. Unit
Output Voltage VO TJ =+25 °C 11.75 12 12.25
V IO = 5mA to 1A, PO ≤15W VI = 14.8V to 27V 11.5 12 12.5
Line Regulation (Note1) Regline
VI= 14.8V to 30V IO = 500mA - 10 120
mV VI= 16V to 22V - 4 120
TJ =+25 °C VI= 14.5V to 27V - 10 120 VI= 16V to 22V - 3 60
Load Regulation (Note1) Regload
TJ =+25 °C IO = 5mA to 1.5A - 12 100
mV IO = 5mA to 1.0A - 12 100 IO = 250mA to 750mA - 5 50
Quiescent Current IQ TJ =+25°C - 5.1 6.0 mA
Quiescent Current Change ∆IQ
VI = 15V to 30V, TJ=+25 °C - 0.8mA VI = 14V to 27V, IO = 500mA - 0.8
IO = 5mA to 1.0A - 0.5Output Voltage Drift ∆V/∆T IO = 5mA - -1.0 - mV/°C
Output Noise Voltage VN f = 10Hz to 100KHz TA =+25°C - 10 - µV/Vo
Ripple Rejection RR f = 120Hz, IO = 500mA VI = 14V to 24V - 60 - dB
Dropout Voltage VDrop IO = 1A, TJ =+25°C - 2.0 - VOutput Resistance rO f = 1KHz - 18 - mΩShort Circuit Current ISC VI= 35V, TA =+25 °C - 250 - mAPeak Current IPK TJ=+25 °C - 2.2 - A
MC78XX/LM78XX/MC78XXA
17
Electrical Characteristics (MC7815A)(Refer to the test circuits. 0°C < TJ < 125°C, Io =1A, V I =23V, C I=0.33µF, C O=0.1µF, unless otherwise specified)
Note:1. Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temperature. Change in VO due to heating effects must be taken
into account separately. Pulse testing with low duty is used.
Parameter Symbol Conditions Min. Typ. Max. Unit
Output Voltage VO TJ =+25 °C 14.7 15 15.3
V IO = 5mA to 1A, PO ≤15W VI = 17.7V to 30V 14.4 15 15.6
Line Regulation (Note1) Regline
VI= 17.9V to 30V IO = 500mA - 10 150
mV VI= 20V to 26V - 5 150
TJ =+25°C VI= 17.5V to 30V - 11 150 VI= 20V to 26V - 3 75
Load Regulation (Note1) Regload
TJ =+25 °C IO = 5mA to 1.5A - 12 100
mV IO = 5mA to 1.0A - 12 100 IO = 250mA to 750mA - 5 50
Quiescent Current IQ TJ =+25 °C - 5.2 6.0 mA
Quiescent Current Change ∆IQ
VI = 17.5V to 30V, TJ =+25 °C - - 0.8mA VI = 17.5V to 30V, IO = 500mA - - 0.8
IO = 5mA to 1.0A - - 0.5Output Voltage Drift ∆V/∆T IO = 5mA - -1.0 - mV/°C
Output Noise Voltage VN f = 10Hz to 100KHz TA =+25 °C - 10 - µV/Vo
Ripple Rejection RR f = 120Hz, IO = 500mA VI = 18.5V to 28.5V - 58 - dB
Dropout Voltage VDrop IO = 1A, TJ =+25 °C - 2.0 - VOutput Resistance rO f = 1KHz - 19 - mΩShort Circuit Current ISC VI= 35V, TA =+25 °C - 250 - mAPeak Current IPK TJ=+25°C - 2.2 - A
MC78XX/LM78XX/MC78XXA
18
Electrical Characteristics (MC7818A)(Refer to the test circuits. 0°C < TJ < 125°C, Io =1A, V I = 27V, C I=0.33µF, C O=0.1µF, unless otherwise specified)
Note:1. Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temperature. Change in VO due to heating effects must be taken
into account separately. Pulse testing with low duty is used.
Parameter Symbol Conditions Min. Typ. Max. Unit
Output Voltage VO TJ =+25 °C 17.64 18 18.36
V IO = 5mA to 1A, PO ≤15W VI = 21V to 33V 17.3 18 18.7
Line Regulation (Note1) Regline
VI= 21V to 33V IO = 500mA - 15 180
mV VI= 21V to 33V - 5 180
TJ =+25 °C VI= 20.6V to 33V - 15 180 VI= 24V to 30V - 5 90
Load Regulation (Note1) Regload
TJ =+25°C IO = 5mA to 1.5A - 15 100
mV IO = 5mA to 1.0A - 15 100 IO = 250mA to 750mA - 7 50
Quiescent Current IQ TJ =+25 °C - 5.2 6.0 mA
Quiescent Current Change ∆IQ
VI = 21V to 33V, TJ=+25 °C - - 0.8mA VI = 21V to 33V, IO = 500mA - - 0.8
IO = 5mA to 1.0A - - 0.5Output Voltage Drift ∆V/∆T IO = 5mA - -1.0 - mV/ °C
Output Noise Voltage VN f = 10Hz to 100KHz TA =+25°C - 10 - µV/Vo
Ripple Rejection RR f = 120Hz, IO = 500mA VI = 22V to 32V - 57 - dB
Dropout Voltage VDrop IO = 1A, TJ =+25°C - 2.0 - VOutput Resistance rO f = 1KHz - 19 - mΩShort Circuit Current ISC VI= 35V, TA =+25°C - 250 - mAPeak Current IPK TJ=+25 °C - 2.2 - A
MC78XX/LM78XX/MC78XXA
19
Electrical Characteristics (MC7824A)(Refer to the test circuits. 0°C < TJ < 125°C, Io =1A, V I = 33V, C I=0.33µF, C O=0.1µF, unless otherwise specified)
Note:1. Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temperature. Change in VO due to heating effects must be taken
into account separately. Pulse testing with low duty is used.
Parameter Symbol Conditions Min. Typ. Max. Unit
Output Voltage VO TJ =+25 °C 23.5 24 24.5
V IO = 5mA to 1A, PO ≤15W VI = 27.3V to 38V 23 24 25
Line Regulation (Note1) Regline
VI= 27V to 38V IO = 500mA - 18 240
mV VI= 21V to 33V - 6 240
TJ =+25 °C VI= 26.7V to 38V - 18 240 VI= 30V to 36V - 6 120
Load Regulation (Note1) Regload
TJ =+25 °C IO = 5mA to 1.5A - 15 100
mV IO = 5mA to 1.0A - 15 100 IO = 250mA to 750mA - 7 50
Quiescent Current IQ TJ =+25 °C - 5.2 6.0 mA
Quiescent Current Change ∆IQ
VI = 27.3V to 38V, TJ =+25 °C - - 0.8mA VI = 27.3V to 38V, IO = 500mA - - 0.8
IO = 5mA to 1.0A - - 0.5Output Voltage Drift ∆V/∆T IO = 5mA - -1.5 - mV/ °C
Output Noise Voltage VN f = 10Hz to 100KHz TA = 25 °C - 10 - µV/Vo
Ripple Rejection RR f = 120Hz, IO = 500mA VI = 28V to 38V - 54 - dB
Dropout Voltage VDrop IO = 1A, TJ =+25 °C - 2.0 - VOutput Resistance rO f = 1KHz - 20 - mΩShort Circuit Current ISC VI= 35V, TA =+25 °C - 250 - mAPeak Current IPK TJ=+25 °C - 2.2 - A
MC78XX/LM78XX/MC78XXA
20
Typical Perfomance Characteristics
Figure 1. Quiescent Current
Figure 3. Output Voltage
Figure 2. Peak Output Current
Figure 4. Quiescent Current
I
MC78XX/LM78XX/MC78XXA
21
Typical Applications
Figure 5. DC Parameters
Figure 6. Load Regulation
Figure 7. Ripple Rejection
Figure 8. Fixed Output Regulator
Input OutputMC78XX/LM78XX
Input OutputMC78XX/LM78XX
Input OutputMC78XX/LM78XX
Input OutputMC78XX/LM78XX
MC78XX/LM78XX/MC78XXA
22
Figure 9. Constant Current Regulator
Notes:(1) To specify an output voltage. substitute voltage value for "XX." A common ground is required between the input and the
Output voltage. The input voltage must remain typically 2.0V above the output voltage even during the low point on the inputripple voltage.
(2) CI is required if regulator is located an appreciable distance from power Supply filter.(3) CO improves stability and transient response.
VO = VXX(1+R2/R1)+IQR2Figure 10. Circuit for Increasing Output Voltage
IRI ≥5 IQVO = VXX(1+R2/R1)+IQR2
Figure 11. Adjustable Output Regulator (7 to 30V)
Input OutputMC78XX/LM78XX
CI
Co
Input OutputMC78XX/LM78XX
CICo
IRI 5IQ≥
Input OutputMC7805LM7805
LM741Co
CI
MC78XX/LM78XX/MC78XXA
23
Figure 12. High Current Voltage Regulator
Figure 13. High Output Current with Short Circuit Protection
Figure 14. Tracking Voltage Regulator
Input
OutputMC78XX/LM78XX
Input
OutputMC78XX/LM78XX
MC78XX/LM78XX
LM741
MC78XX/LM78XX/MC78XXA
24
Figure 15. Split Power Supply ( ±15V-1A)
Figure 16. Negative Output Voltage Circuit
Figure 17. Switching Regulator
MC7815
MC7915
Input
Output
MC78XX/LM78XX
Input Output
MC78XX/LM78XX
MC78XX/LM78XX/MC78XXA
25
Mechanical DimensionsPackage
4.50 ±0.209.90 ±0.20
1.52 ±0.10
0.80 ±0.102.40 ±0.20
10.00 ±0.20
1.27 ±0.10
ø3.60 ±0.10
(8.70)
2.80
±0.
1015
.90
±0.2
0
10.0
8 ±0
.30
18.9
5MA
X.
(1.7
0)
(3.7
0)(3
.00)
(1.4
6)
(1.0
0)
(45°)
9.20
±0.
2013
.08
±0.2
0
1.30
±0.
10
1.30+0.10–0.05
0.50+0.10–0.05
2.54TYP[2.54 ±0.20]
2.54TYP[2.54 ±0.20]
TO-220
MC78XX/LM78XX/MC78XXA
26
Mechancal Dimensions (Continued)
Package
6.60 ±0.20
2.30 ±0.10
0.50 ±0.10
5.34 ±0.30
0.70
±0.
20
0.60
±0.
200.
80 ±
0.20
9.50
±0.
30
6.10
±0.
20
2.70
±0.
209.
50 ±
0.30
6.10
±0.
20
2.70
±0.
20
MIN
0.55
0.76 ±0.10 0.50 ±0.10
1.02 ±0.20
2.30 ±0.20
6.60 ±0.20
0.76 ±0.10
(5.34)
(1.50)
(2XR0.25)
(5.04)
0.89
±0.
10
(0.1
0)(3
.05)
(1.0
0)
(0.9
0)
(0.7
0)
0.91
±0.
10
2.30TYP[2.30±0.20]
2.30TYP[2.30±0.20]
MAX0.96
(4.34)(0.50) (0.50)
D-PAK
MC78XX/LM78XX/MC78XXA
27
Ordering InformationProduct Number Output Voltage Tolerance Package Operating Temperature
LM7805CT ±4% TO-220 0 ~ + 125°C
Product Number Output Voltage Tolerance Package Operating TemperatureMC7805CT
±4%
TO-220
0 ~ + 125°C
MC7806CTMC7808CTMC7809CTMC7810CTMC7812CTMC7815CTMC7818CTMC7824CT
MC7805CDT
D-PAK
MC7806CDTMC7808CDTMC7809CDTMC7810CDTMC7812CDTMC7815CDTMC7818CDTMC7824CDTMC7805ACT
±2% TO-220
MC7806ACTMC7808ACTMC7809ACTMC7810ACTMC7812ACTMC7815ACTMC7818ACTMC7824ACT
MC78XX/LM78XX/MC78XXA
6/1/01 0.0m 001Stock#DSxxxxxxxx
2001 Fairchild Semiconductor Corporation
LIFE SUPPORT POLICY FAIRCHILD’S PRODUCTS ARE NOT AUTHORIZED FOR USE AS CRITICAL COMPONENTS IN LIFE SUPPORT DEVICES OR SYSTEMS WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE PRESIDENT OF FAIRCHILD SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION. As used herein:
1. Life support devices or systems are devices or systems which, (a) are intended for surgical implant into the body, or (b) support or sustain life, and (c) whose failure to perform when properly used in accordance with instructions for use provided in the labeling, can be reasonably expected to result in a significant injury of the user.
2. A critical component in any component of a life support device or system whose failure to perform can be reasonably expected to cause the failure of the life support device or system, or to affect its safety or effectiveness.
www.fairchildsemi.com
DISCLAIMER FAIRCHILD SEMICONDUCTOR RESERVES THE RIGHT TO MAKE CHANGES WITHOUT FURTHER NOTICE TO ANY PRODUCTS HEREIN TO IMPROVE RELIABILITY, FUNCTION OR DESIGN. FAIRCHILD DOES NOT ASSUME ANY LIABILITY ARISING OUT OF THE APPLICATION OR USE OF ANY PRODUCT OR CIRCUIT DESCRIBED HEREIN; NEITHER DOES IT CONVEY ANY LICENSE UNDER ITS PATENT RIGHTS, NOR THE RIGHTS OF OTHERS.
TL/H/5516
LM
35/LM
35A
/LM
35C
/LM
35C
A/LM
35D
Pre
cis
ion
Centig
rade
Tem
pera
ture
Sensors
December 1994
LM35/LM35A/LM35C/LM35CA/LM35DPrecision Centigrade Temperature SensorsGeneral DescriptionThe LM35 series are precision integrated-circuit tempera-
ture sensors, whose output voltage is linearly proportional to
the Celsius (Centigrade) temperature. The LM35 thus has
an advantage over linear temperature sensors calibrated in §Kelvin, as the user is not required to subtract a large con-
stant voltage from its output to obtain convenient Centi-
grade scaling. The LM35 does not require any external cali-
bration or trimming to provide typical accuracies of g(/4§Cat room temperature and g*/4§C over a full b55 to a150§Ctemperature range. Low cost is assured by trimming and
calibration at the wafer level. The LM35’s low output imped-
ance, linear output, and precise inherent calibration make
interfacing to readout or control circuitry especially easy. It
can be used with single power supplies, or with plus and
minus supplies. As it draws only 60 mA from its supply, it has
very low self-heating, less than 0.1§C in still air. The LM35 is
rated to operate over a b55§ to a150§C temperature
range, while the LM35C is rated for a b40§ to a110§Crange (b10§ with improved accuracy). The LM35 series is
available packaged in hermetic TO-46 transistor packages,
while the LM35C, LM35CA, and LM35D are also available in
the plastic TO-92 transistor package. The LM35D is also
available in an 8-lead surface mount small outline package
and a plastic TO-202 package.
FeaturesY Calibrated directly in § Celsius (Centigrade)Y Linear a 10.0 mV/§C scale factorY 0.5§C accuracy guaranteeable (at a25§C)Y Rated for full b55§ to a150§C rangeY Suitable for remote applicationsY Low cost due to wafer-level trimmingY Operates from 4 to 30 voltsY Less than 60 mA current drainY Low self-heating, 0.08§C in still airY Nonlinearity only g(/4§C typicalY Low impedance output, 0.1 X for 1 mA load
Connection DiagramsTO-46
Metal Can Package*
TL/H/5516–1
*Case is connected to negative pin (GND)
Order Number LM35H, LM35AH,
LM35CH, LM35CAH or LM35DH
See NS Package Number H03H
TO-92
Plastic Package
TL/H/5516–2
Order Number LM35CZ,
LM35CAZ or LM35DZ
See NS Package Number Z03A
SO-8
Small Outline Molded Package
TL/H/5516–21
Top View
N.C. e No Connection
Order Number LM35DM
See NS Package Number M08A
TO-202
Plastic Package
TL/H/5516–24
Order Number LM35DP
See NS Package Number P03A
Typical Applications
TL/H/5516–3
FIGURE 1. Basic Centigrade
Temperature
Sensor (a2§C to a150§C)
TL/H/5516–4
Choose R1 e bVS/50 mA
VOUTea1,500 mV at a150§Cea250 mV at a25§Ceb550 mV at b55§C
FIGURE 2. Full-Range Centigrade
Temperature Sensor
TRI-STATEÉ is a registered trademark of National Semiconductor Corporation.
C1995 National Semiconductor Corporation RRD-B30M75/Printed in U. S. A.
Absolute Maximum Ratings (Note 10)
If Military/Aerospace specified devices are required,
please contact the National Semiconductor Sales
Office/Distributors for availability and specifications.
Supply Voltage a35V to b0.2V
Output Voltage a6V to b1.0V
Output Current 10 mA
Storage Temp., TO-46 Package, b60§C to a180§CTO-92 Package, b60§C to a150§CSO-8 Package, b65§C to a150§CTO-202 Package, b65§C to a150§C
Lead Temp.:
TO-46 Package, (Soldering, 10 seconds) 300§CTO-92 Package, (Soldering, 10 seconds) 260§CTO-202 Package, (Soldering, 10 seconds) a230§C
SO Package (Note 12):
Vapor Phase (60 seconds) 215§CInfrared (15 seconds) 220§C
ESD Susceptibility (Note 11) 2500V
Specified Operating Temperature Range: TMIN to TMAX
(Note 2)
LM35, LM35A b55§C to a150§CLM35C, LM35CA b40§C to a110§CLM35D 0§C to a100§C
Electrical Characteristics (Note 1) (Note 6)
LM35A LM35CA
Parameter ConditionsTested Design Tested Design Units
Typical Limit Limit Typical Limit Limit (Max.)
(Note 4) (Note 5) (Note 4) (Note 5)
Accuracy TAea25§C g0.2 g0.5 g0.2 g0.5 §C(Note 7) TAeb10§C g0.3 g0.3 g1.0 §C
TAeTMAX g0.4 g1.0 g0.4 g1.0 §CTAeTMIN g0.4 g1.0 g0.4 g1.5 §C
Nonlinearity TMINsTAsTMAX g0.18 g0.35 g0.15 g0.3 §C(Note 8)
Sensor Gain TMINsTAsTMAX a10.0 a9.9, a10.0 a9.9, mV/§C(Average Slope) a10.1 a10.1
Load Regulation TAea25§C g0.4 g1.0 g0.4 g1.0 mV/mA
(Note 3) 0sILs1 mA TMINsTAsTMAX g0.5 g3.0 g0.5 g3.0 mV/mA
Line Regulation TAea25§C g0.01 g0.05 g0.01 g0.05 mV/V
(Note 3) 4VsVSs30V g0.02 g0.1 g0.02 g0.1 mV/V
Quiescent Current VSea5V, a25§C 56 67 56 67 mA
(Note 9) VSea5V 105 131 91 114 mA
VSea30V, a25§C 56.2 68 56.2 68 mA
VSea30V 105.5 133 91.5 116 mA
Change of 4VsVSs30V, a25§C 0.2 1.0 0.2 1.0 mA
Quiescent Current 4VsVSs30V 0.5 2.0 0.5 2.0 mA
(Note 3)
Temperature a0.39 a0.5 a0.39 a0.5 mA/§CCoefficient of
Quiescent Current
Minimum Temperature In circuit of a1.5 a2.0 a1.5 a2.0 §Cfor Rated Accuracy Figure 1, ILe0
Long Term Stability TJeTMAX, for g0.08 g0.08 §C1000 hours
Note 1: Unless otherwise noted, these specifications apply: b55§CsTJsa150§C for the LM35 and LM35A; b40§sTJsa110§C for the LM35C and LM35CA; and
0§sTJsa100§C for the LM35D. VSea5Vdc and ILOADe50 mA, in the circuit of Figure 2. These specifications also apply from a2§C to TMAX in the circuit of
Figure 1. Specifications in boldface apply over the full rated temperature range.
Note 2: Thermal resistance of the TO-46 package is 400§C/W, junction to ambient, and 24§C/W junction to case. Thermal resistance of the TO-92 package is
180§C/W junction to ambient. Thermal resistance of the small outline molded package is 220§C/W junction to ambient. Thermal resistance of the TO-202 package
is 85§C/W junction to ambient. For additional thermal resistance information see table in the Applications section.
2
Electrical Characteristics (Note 1) (Note 6) (Continued)
LM35 LM35C, LM35D
Parameter ConditionsTested Design Tested Design Units
Typical Limit Limit Typical Limit Limit (Max.)
(Note 4) (Note 5) (Note 4) (Note 5)
Accuracy, TAea25§C g0.4 g1.0 g0.4 g1.0 §CLM35, LM35C TAeb10§C g0.5 g0.5 g1.5 §C(Note 7) TAeTMAX g0.8 g1.5 g0.8 g1.5 §C
TAeTMIN g0.8 g1.5 g0.8 g2.0 §C
Accuracy, TAea25§C g0.6 g1.5 §CLM35D TAeTMAX g0.9 g2.0 §C(Note 7) TAeTMIN g0.9 g2.0 §C
Nonlinearity TMINsTAsTMAX g0.3 g0.5 g0.2 g0.5 §C(Note 8)
Sensor Gain TMINsTAsTMAX a10.0 a9.8, a10.0 a9.8, mV/§C(Average Slope) a10.2 a10.2
Load Regulation TAea25§C g0.4 g2.0 g0.4 g2.0 mV/mA
(Note 3) 0sILs1 mA TMINsTAsTMAX g0.5 g5.0 g0.5 g5.0 mV/mA
Line Regulation TAea25§C g0.01 g0.1 g0.01 g0.1 mV/V
(Note 3) 4VsVSs30V g0.02 g0.2 g0.02 g0.2 mV/V
Quiescent Current VSea5V, a25§C 56 80 56 80 mA
(Note 9) VSea5V 105 158 91 138 mA
VSea30V, a25§C 56.2 82 56.2 82 mA
VSea30V 105.5 161 91.5 141 mA
Change of 4VsVSs30V, a25§C 0.2 2.0 0.2 2.0 mA
Quiescent Current 4VsVSs30V 0.5 3.0 0.5 3.0 mA
(Note 3)
Temperature a0.39 a0.7 a0.39 a0.7 mA/§CCoefficient of
Quiescent Current
Minimum Temperature In circuit of a1.5 a2.0 a1.5 a2.0 §Cfor Rated Accuracy Figure 1, ILe0
Long Term Stability TJeTMAX, for g0.08 g0.08 §C1000 hours
Note 3: Regulation is measured at constant junction temperature, using pulse testing with a low duty cycle. Changes in output due to heating effects can be
computed by multiplying the internal dissipation by the thermal resistance.
Note 4: Tested Limits are guaranteed and 100% tested in production.
Note 5: Design Limits are guaranteed (but not 100% production tested) over the indicated temperature and supply voltage ranges. These limits are not used to
calculate outgoing quality levels.
Note 6: Specifications in boldface apply over the full rated temperature range.
Note 7: Accuracy is defined as the error between the output voltage and 10mv/§C times the device’s case temperature, at specified conditions of voltage, current,
and temperature (expressed in §C).
Note 8: Nonlinearity is defined as the deviation of the output-voltage-versus-temperature curve from the best-fit straight line, over the device’s rated temperature
range.
Note 9: Quiescent current is defined in the circuit of Figure 1.
Note 10: Absolute Maximum Ratings indicate limits beyond which damage to the device may occur. DC and AC electrical specifications do not apply when
operating the device beyond its rated operating conditions. See Note 1.
Note 11: Human body model, 100 pF discharged through a 1.5 kX resistor.
Note 12: See AN-450 ‘‘Surface Mounting Methods and Their Effect on Product Reliability’’ or the section titled ‘‘Surface Mount’’ found in a current National
Semiconductor Linear Data Book for other methods of soldering surface mount devices.
3
Typical Performance Characteristics
Thermal Resistance
Junction to Air Thermal Time Constant
Thermal Response
in Still Air
Thermal Response in
Stirred Oil Bath
Minimum Supply
Voltage vs. Temperature
Quiescent Current
vs. Temperature
(In Circuit ofFigure 1.)
TL/H/5516–17
Quiescent Current
vs. Temperature
(In Circuit ofFigure 2.)
Accuracy vs. Temperature
(Guaranteed)
Accuracy vs. Temperature
(Guaranteed)
TL/H/5516–18
Start-Up ResponseNoise Voltage
TL/H/5516–22
4
ApplicationsThe LM35 can be applied easily in the same way as other
integrated-circuit temperature sensors. It can be glued or
cemented to a surface and its temperature will be within
about 0.01§C of the surface temperature.
This presumes that the ambient air temperature is almost
the same as the surface temperature; if the air temperature
were much higher or lower than the surface temperature,
the actual temperature of the LM35 die would be at an inter-
mediate temperature between the surface temperature and
the air temperature. This is expecially true for the TO-92
plastic package, where the copper leads are the principal
thermal path to carry heat into the device, so its tempera-
ture might be closer to the air temperature than to the sur-
face temperature.
To minimize this problem, be sure that the wiring to the
LM35, as it leaves the device, is held at the same tempera-
ture as the surface of interest. The easiest way to do this is
to cover up these wires with a bead of epoxy which will
insure that the leads and wires are all at the same tempera-
ture as the surface, and that the LM35 die’s temperature will
not be affected by the air temperature.
The TO-46 metal package can also be soldered to a metal
surface or pipe without damage. Of course, in that case the
Vb terminal of the circuit will be grounded to that metal.
Alternatively, the LM35 can be mounted inside a sealed-end
metal tube, and can then be dipped into a bath or screwed
into a threaded hole in a tank. As with any IC, the LM35 and
accompanying wiring and circuits must be kept insulated
and dry, to avoid leakage and corrosion. This is especially
true if the circuit may operate at cold temperatures where
condensation can occur. Printed-circuit coatings and var-
nishes such as Humiseal and epoxy paints or dips are often
used to insure that moisture cannot corrode the LM35 or its
connections.
These devices are sometimes soldered to a small light-
weight heat fin, to decrease the thermal time constant and
speed up the response in slowly-moving air. On the other
hand, a small thermal mass may be added to the sensor, to
give the steadiest reading despite small deviations in the air
temperature.
Temperature Rise of LM35 Due To Self-heating (Thermal Resistance)
TO-46, TO-46, TO-92, TO-92, SO-8 SO-8 TO-202 TO-202 ***no heat sink small heat fin* no heat sink small heat fin** no heat sink small heat fin** no heat sink small heat fin
Still air 400§C/W 100§C/W 180§C/W 140§C/W 220§C/W 110§C/W 85§C/W 60§C/W
Moving air 100§C/W 40§C/W 90§C/W 70§C/W 105§C/W 90§C/W 25§C/W 40§C/W
Still oil 100§C/W 40§C/W 90§C/W 70§C/W
Stirred oil 50§C/W 30§C/W 45§C/W 40§C/W
(Clamped to metal,
Infinite heat sink) (24§C/W) (55§C/W) (23§C/W)
* Wakefield type 201, or 1× disc of 0.020× sheet brass, soldered to case, or similar.
** TO-92 and SO-8 packages glued and leads soldered to 1× square of (/16× printed circuit board with 2 oz. foil or similar.
Typical Applications (Continued)
TL/H/5516–19
FIGURE 3. LM35 with Decoupling from Capacitive Load
TL/H/5516–20
FIGURE 4. LM35 with R-C Damper
CAPACITIVE LOADS
Like most micropower circuits, the LM35 has a limited ability
to drive heavy capacitive loads. The LM35 by itself is able to
drive 50 pf without special precautions. If heavier loads are
anticipated, it is easy to isolate or decouple the load with a
resistor; see Figure 3. Or you can improve the tolerance of
capacitance with a series R-C damper from output to
ground; see Figure 4.
When the LM35 is applied with a 200X load resistor as
shown in Figure 5, 6, or 8, it is relatively immune to wiring
capacitance because the capacitance forms a bypass from
ground to input, not on the output. However, as with any
linear circuit connected to wires in a hostile environment, its
performance can be affected adversely by intense electro-
magnetic sources such as relays, radio transmitters, motors
with arcing brushes, SCR transients, etc, as its wiring can
act as a receiving antenna and its internal junctions can act
as rectifiers. For best results in such cases, a bypass capac-
itor from VIN to ground and a series R-C damper such as
75X in series with 0.2 or 1 mF from output to ground are
often useful. These are shown in Figures 13, 14, and 16.
5
Typical Applications (Continued)
TL/H/5516–5
FIGURE 5. Two-Wire Remote Temperature Sensor
(Grounded Sensor)
TL/H/5516–6
FIGURE 6. Two-Wire Remote Temperature Sensor
(Output Referred to Ground)
TL/H/5516–7
FIGURE 7. Temperature Sensor, Single Supply, b55§ toa150§C
TL/H/5516–8
FIGURE 8. Two-Wire Remote Temperature Sensor
(Output Referred to Ground)
TL/H/5516–9
FIGURE 9. 4-To-20 mA Current Source (0§C to a100§C)
TL/H/5516–10
FIGURE 10. Fahrenheit Thermometer
6
Typical Applications (Continued)
TL/H/5516–11
FIGURE 11. Centigrade Thermometer (Analog Meter)TL/H/5516–12
FIGURE 12. Expanded Scale Thermometer
(50§ to 80§ Fahrenheit, for Example Shown)
TL/H/5516–13
FIGURE 13. Temperature To Digital Converter (Serial Output) (a128§C Full Scale)
TL/H/5516–14
FIGURE 14. Temperature To Digital Converter (Parallel TRI-STATEÉ Outputs for
Standard Data Bus to mP Interface) (128§C Full Scale)
7
Typical Applications (Continued)
TL/H/5516–16
*e1% or 2% film resistor
-Trim RB for VBe3.075V
-Trim RC for VCe1.955V
-Trim RA for VAe0.075V a 100mV/§C c Tambient
-Example, VAe2.275V at 22§CFIGURE 15. Bar-Graph Temperature Display (Dot Mode)
TL/H/5516–15
FIGURE 16. LM35 With Voltage-To-Frequency Converter And Isolated Output
(2§C to a150§C; 20 Hz to 1500 Hz)
8
Block Diagram
TL/H/5516–23
9
Physical Dimensions inches (millimeters)
TO-46 Metal Can Package (H)
Order Number LM35H, LM35AH, LM35CH,
LM35CAH, or LM35DH
NS Package Number H03H
SO-8 Molded Small Outline Package (M)
Order Number LM35DM
NS Package Number M08A
10
Physical Dimensions inches (millimeters) (Continued)
Power Package TO-202 (P)
Order Number LM35DP
NS Package Number P03A
11
LM
35/LM
35A
/LM
35C
/LM
35C
A/LM
35D
Pre
cis
ion
Centigra
de
Tem
pera
ture
Sensors
Physical Dimensions inches (millimeters) (Continued)
TO-92 Plastic Package (Z)
Order Number LM35CZ, LM35CAZ or LM35DZ
NS Package Number Z03A
LIFE SUPPORT POLICY
NATIONAL’S PRODUCTS ARE NOT AUTHORIZED FOR USE AS CRITICAL COMPONENTS IN LIFE SUPPORT
DEVICES OR SYSTEMS WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE PRESIDENT OF NATIONAL
SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION. As used herein:
1. Life support devices or systems are devices or 2. A critical component is any component of a life
systems which, (a) are intended for surgical implant support device or system whose failure to perform can
into the body, or (b) support or sustain life, and whose be reasonably expected to cause the failure of the life
failure to perform, when properly used in accordance support device or system, or to affect its safety or
with instructions for use provided in the labeling, can effectiveness.
be reasonably expected to result in a significant injury
to the user.
National Semiconductor National Semiconductor National Semiconductor National Semiconductor National Semiconductores National SemiconductorCorporation GmbH Japan Ltd. Hong Kong Ltd. Do Brazil Ltda. (Australia) Pty, Ltd.2900 Semiconductor Drive Livry-Gargan-Str. 10 Sumitomo Chemical 13th Floor, Straight Block, Rue Deputado Lacorda Franco Building 16P.O. Box 58090 D-82256 F 4urstenfeldbruck Engineering Center Ocean Centre, 5 Canton Rd. 120-3A Business Park DriveSanta Clara, CA 95052-8090 Germany Bldg. 7F Tsimshatsui, Kowloon Sao Paulo-SP Monash Business ParkTel: 1(800) 272-9959 Tel: (81-41) 35-0 1-7-1, Nakase, Mihama-Ku Hong Kong Brazil 05418-000 Nottinghill, MelbourneTWX: (910) 339-9240 Telex: 527649 Chiba-City, Tel: (852) 2737-1600 Tel: (55-11) 212-5066 Victoria 3168 Australia
Fax: (81-41) 35-1 Ciba Prefecture 261 Fax: (852) 2736-9960 Telex: 391-1131931 NSBR BR Tel: (3) 558-9999Tel: (043) 299-2300 Fax: (55-11) 212-1181 Fax: (3) 558-9998Fax: (043) 299-2500
National does not assume any responsibility for use of any circuitry described, no circuit patent licenses are implied and National reserves the right at any time without notice to change said circuitry and specifications.
TDA2030
14W Hi-Fi AUDIO AMPLIFIER
DESCRIPTIONThe TDA2030 is a monolithic integrated circuit inPentawatt package, intended for use as a lowfrequency class AB amplifier. Typically it provides14W output power (d = 0.5%) at 14V/4Ω; at ± 14Vthe guaranteed output power is 12W on a 4Ω loadand 8W on a 8Ω (DIN45500).TheTDA2030provideshigh outputcurrentand hasvery low harmonic and cross-over distortion.Further the device incorporates an original (andpatented) short circuit protection system compris-ing an arrangement for automatically limiting thedissipated power so as to keep the working pointof the output transistors within their safe operatingarea. A conventional thermal shut-down system isalso included.
March 1993
Symbol Parameter Value Unit
Vs Supply voltage ± 18 V
Vi Input voltage Vs
Vi Differential input voltage ± 15 V
Io Output peak current (internally limited) 3.5 A
Ptot Power dissipation at Tcase = 90°C 20 W
Tstg, Tj Stoprage and junction temperature -40 to 150 °C
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS
TYPICAL APPLICATION
Pentawatt
ORDERING NUMBERS : TDA2030HTDA2030V
1/11
2/11
PIN CONNECTION (top view)
TEST CIRCUIT
+VS
OUTPUT-VS
INVERTING INPUTNON INVERTING INPUT
TDA2030
Symbol Parameter Test conditions Min. Typ. Max. Unit
Vs Supply voltage ± 6 ± 18 V
Id Quiescent drain current
Vs = ± 18V
40 60 mA
Ib Input bias current 0.2 2 µA
Vos Input offset voltage ± 2 ± 20 mV
Ios Input offset current ± 20 ± 200 nA
Po Output power d = 0.5% Gv = 30 dBf = 40 to 15,000 HzRL = 4ΩRL = 8Ω
128
149
WW
d = 10%f = 1 KHzRL = 4ΩRL = 8Ω
Gv = 30 dB
1811
WW
d Distortion Po = 0.1 to 12WRL = 4Ω Gv = 30 dBf = 40 to 15,000 Hz 0.2 0.5 %
Po = 0.1 to 8WRL = 8Ω Gv = 30 dBf = 40 to 15,000 Hz 0.1 0.5 %
B Power Bandwidth(-3 dB)
Gv = 30 dBPo = 12W RL = 4Ω 10 to 140,000 Hz
Ri Input resistance (pin 1) 0.5 5 MΩ
Gv Voltage gain (open loop) 90 dB
Gv Voltage gain (closed loop) f = 1 kHz 29.5 30 30.5 dB
eN Input noise voltage B = 22 Hz to 22 KHz 3 10 µV
iN Input noise current 80 200 pA
SVR Supply voltage rejection RL = 4Ω Gv = 30 dBRg = 22 kΩVripple = 0.5 Vefffripple = 100 Hz
40 50 dB
Id Drain current Po = 14WPo = W
RL = 4ΩRL = 8Ω
900500
mAmA
Tj Thermal shut-down junctiontemperature
145 °C
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Refer to the test circuit, Vs = ± 14V, Tamb = 25°C unless otherwisespecified)
Symbol Parameter Value Unit
Rth j-case Thermal resistance junction-case max 3 °C/W
THERMAL DATA
3/11
TDA2030
4/11
Figure 1. Output power vs.supply voltage
Figure 2. Output power vs.supply voltage
Figure 3 . Distor tion vs.output power
Figure 4. Distort ion vs.output power
Figure 5. Distort ion vs.output power
Figure 6 . Distor tion vs.frequency
Figure 7. Distor tion vs .frequency
Figure 8. Frequency re-sponse with different valuesof the rolloff capacitor C8(see fig. 13)
Figure 9. Quiescent currentvs. supply voltage
TDA2030
Figure 10. Supply voltagerejection vs. voltage gain
Figure 11. Power dissipa-tionand efficiencyvs.outputpower
Figure 12. Maximum powerdissipation vs. supply volt-age (sine wave operation)
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Figure 13. Typical amplifierwith split power supply
Figure 14. P.C. board and component layout forthe circuit of fig. 13 (1 : 1 scale)
5/11
TDA2030
6/11
APPLICATION INFORMATION (continued)
Figure 15. Typical amplifierwith single power supply
Figure 16. P.C. board and component layout forthe circuit of fig. 15 (1 : 1 scale)
Figure 17. Bridge amplifier configuration with split power supply (P o = 28W,Vs = ±14V)
TDA2030
PRACTICAL CONSIDERATIONS
Printed circuit boardThe layout shown in Fig. 16 should be adopted bythe designers. If different layouts are used, theground points of input 1 and input 2 must be welldecoupled from the ground return of the output inwhich a high current flows.
Assembly suggestionNo electrical isolation is needed between the
packageandthe heatsinkwith singlesupplyvoltageconfiguration.
Application suggestionsThe recommended values of the components arethose shown on application circuit of fig. 13.Different values can be used. The following tablecan help the designer.
Component Recomm.value Purpose Larger than
recommended valueSmaller than
recommended value
R1 22 kΩ Closed loop gainsetting
Increase of gain Decrease of gain (*)
R2 680 Ω Closed loop gainsetting
Decrease of gain (*) Increase of gain
R3 22 kΩ Non inverting inputbiasing
Increase of inputimpedance
Decrease of inputimpedance
R4 1 Ω Frequency stability Danger of osccilat. athigh frequencieswith induct. loads
R5 ≅ 3 R2 Upper frequencycutoff
Poor high frequenciesattenuation
Danger ofoscillation
C1 1 µF Input DCdecoupling
Increase of lowfrequencies cutoff
C2 22 µF Inverting DCdecoupling
Increase of lowfrequencies cutoff
C3, C4 0.1 µF Supply voltagebypass
Danger ofoscillation
C5, C6 100 µF Supply voltagebypass
Danger ofoscillation
C7 0.22 µF Frequency stability Danger of oscillation
C8 ≅ 12π B R1
Upper frequencycutoff
Smaller bandwidth Larger bandwidth
D1, D2 1N4001 To protect the device against output voltage spikes
(*) Closed loop gain must be higher than 24dB
7/11
TDA2030
8/11
SHORT CIRCUIT PROTECTION
The TDA2030has an originalcircuit which limits thecurrent of the output transistors.Fig. 18 shows thatthe maximum output current is a function of thecollector emitter voltage; hence the output transis-tors work within their safe operating area (Fig. 2).This function can thereforebe considered as being
peak power limiting rather than simple current lim-iting.It reduces the possibility that the device gets dam-aged during an accidental short circuit from ACoutput to ground.
Figure 1 8. Maximumoutput curr ent vs .voltage [V CEsat] acrosseach output transistor
Figure 19. Safe operating area andcollector characteristics of theprotected power transistor
THERMAL SHUT-DOWN
The presenceof a thermal limiting circuit offers thefollowing advantages:1. An overload on the output (even if it is perma-
nent), or an abovelimit ambient temperaturecanbe easily supported since the Tj cannot behigher than 150°C.
2. The heatsinkcan have a smaller factorof safetycompared with that of a conventional circuit.There is no possibility of device damage due tohigh junction temperature.If for any reason, the
junction temperature increasesup to 150°C, thethermal shut-down simply reduces the powerdissipation at the current consumption.
The maximum allowable power dissipation de-pends upon the size of the external heatsink (i.e. itsthermal resistance); fig. 22 shows this dissipablepower as a function of ambient temperature fordifferent thermal resistance.
TDA2030
Figure 20. Output power anddra in current vs. casetemperature (R L = 4Ω)
Figure 21. Output power anddra in current vs. casetemperature (R L = 8Ω)
Figure 22. Maximumallowable power dissipationvs. ambient temperature
Figure 23. Example of heat-sink Dimension : suggestion.The following table shows the length thatthe heatsink in fig.23 musthavefor severalvalues of Ptot and Rth.
Ptot (W) 12 8 6
Length of heatsink(mm) 60 40 30
Rth of heatsink(° C/W)
4.2 6.2 8.3
9/11
TDA2030
10/11
DIM.mm inch
MIN. TYP. MAX. MIN. TYP. MAX.
A 4.8 0.189
C 1.37 0.054
D 2.4 2.8 0.094 0.110
D1 1.2 1.35 0.047 0.053
E 0.35 0.55 0.014 0.022
F 0.8 1.05 0.031 0.041
F1 1 1.4 0.039 0.055
G 3.4 0.126 0.134 0.142
G1 6.8 0.260 0.268 0.276
H2 10.4 0.409
H3 10.05 10.4 0.396 0.409
L 17.85 0.703
L1 15.75 0.620
L2 21.4 0.843
L3 22.5 0.886
L5 2.6 3 0.102 0.118
L6 15.1 15.8 0.594 0.622
L7 6 6.6 0.236 0.260
M 4.5 0.177
M1 4 0.157
Dia 3.65 3.85 0.144 0.152
PENTAWATT PACKAGE MECHANICAL DATA
L2
L3L5
L7
L6
Dia.
A
C
D
E
D1
H3
H2
F
G G1
L1
L
MM
1
F1
TDA2030
Information furnished is believed to be accurate and reliable. However, SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics assumes no responsibility for theconsequences of use of such information nor for any infringement of patents or other rights of third parties which may result from its use. Nolicense is granted by implication or otherwise under any patent or patent rights of SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics. Specifications mentionedin this publication are subject to change without notice. This publication supersedes and replaces all information previously supplied.SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics products are not authorizedfor use as critical components in lifesupport devices or systems without expresswritten approval of SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics.
1994 SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics - All Rights Reserved
SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics GROUP OF COMPANIESAustralia - Brazil - France - Germany - Hong Kong - Italy - Japan - Korea - Malaysia - Malta - Morocco - The Netherlands - Singapore - Spain
- Sweden - Switzerland - Taiwan - Thaliand - United Kingdom - U.S.A.
11/11
TDA2030
LM3914Dot/Bar Display DriverGeneral DescriptionThe LM3914 is a monolithic integrated circuit that sensesanalog voltage levels and drives 10 LEDs, providing a linearanalog display. A single pin changes the display from a mov-ing dot to a bar graph. Current drive to the LEDs is regulatedand programmable, eliminating the need for resistors. Thisfeature is one that allows operation of the whole system fromless than 3V.
The circuit contains its own adjustable reference and accu-rate 10-step voltage divider. The low-bias-current inputbuffer accepts signals down to ground, or V−, yet needs noprotection against inputs of 35V above or below ground. Thebuffer drives 10 individual comparators referenced to theprecision divider. Indication non-linearity can thus be heldtypically to 1⁄2%, even over a wide temperature range.
Versatility was designed into the LM3914 so that controller,visual alarm, and expanded scale functions are easily addedon to the display system. The circuit can drive LEDs of manycolors, or low-current incandescent lamps. Many LM3914scan be “chained” to form displays of 20 to over 100 seg-ments. Both ends of the voltage divider are externally avail-able so that 2 drivers can be made into a zero-center meter.
The LM3914 is very easy to apply as an analog meter circuit.A 1.2V full-scale meter requires only 1 resistor and a single3V to 15V supply in addition to the 10 display LEDs. If the 1resistor is a pot, it becomes the LED brightness control. Thesimplified block diagram illustrates this extremely simple ex-ternal circuitry.
When in the dot mode, there is a small amount of overlap or“fade” (about 1 mV) between segments. This assures that atno time will all LEDs be “OFF”, and thus any ambiguous dis-play is avoided. Various novel displays are possible.
Much of the display flexibility derives from the fact that alloutputs are individual, DC regulated currents. Various effectscan be achieved by modulating these currents. The indi-vidual outputs can drive a transistor as well as a LED at thesame time, so controller functions including “staging” controlcan be performed. The LM3914 can also act as a program-mer, or sequencer.
The LM3914 is rated for operation from 0˚C to +70˚C. TheLM3914N-1 is available in an 18-lead molded (N) package.
The following typical application illustrates adjusting of thereference to a desired value, and proper grounding for accu-rate operation, and avoiding oscillations.
Featuresn Drives LEDs, LCDs or vacuum fluorescentsn Bar or dot display mode externally selectable by usern Expandable to displays of 100 stepsn Internal voltage reference from 1.2V to 12Vn Operates with single supply of less than 3Vn Inputs operate down to groundn Output current programmable from 2 mA to 30 mAn No multiplex switching or interaction between outputsn Input withstands ±35V without damage or false outputsn LED driver outputs are current regulated,
open-collectorsn Outputs can interface with TTL or CMOS logicn The internal 10-step divider is floating and can be
referenced to a wide range of voltages
January 2000LM
3914D
ot/Bar
Display
Driver
© 2000 National Semiconductor Corporation DS007970 www.national.com
Typical Applications
0V to 5V Bar Graph Meter
DS007970-1
Note: Grounding method is typical of all uses. The 2.2 µF tantalum or 10 µF aluminum electrolytic capacitor is needed if leads to the LED supply are 6" orlonger.
LM39
14
www.national.com 2
Absolute Maximum Ratings (Note 1)
If Military/Aerospace specified devices are required,please contact the National Semiconductor Sales Office/Distributors for availability and specifications.
Power Dissipation (Note 6)Molded DIP (N) 1365 mW
Supply Voltage 25VVoltage on Output Drivers 25VInput Signal Overvoltage (Note 4) ±35VDivider Voltage −100 mV to V+
Reference Load Current 10 mAStorage Temperature Range −55˚C to +150˚CSoldering Information
Dual-In-Line PackageSoldering (10 seconds) 260˚C
Plastic Chip Carrier PackageVapor Phase (60 seconds) 215˚CInfrared (15 seconds) 220˚C
See AN-450 “Surface Mounting Methods and Their Effecton Product Reliability” for other methods of solderingsurface mount devices.
Electrical Characteristics (Notes 2, 4)
Parameter Conditions (Note 2) Min Typ Max Units
COMPARATOR
Offset Voltage, Buffer and FirstComparator
0V ≤ VRLO = VRHI ≤ 12V,ILED = 1 mA
3 10 mV
Offset Voltage, Buffer and Any OtherComparator
0V ≤ VRLO = VRHI ≤ 12V,ILED = 1 mA
3 15 mV
Gain (∆ILED/∆VIN) IL(REF) = 2 mA, ILED = 10 mA 3 8 mA/mV
Input Bias Current (at Pin 5) 0V ≤ VIN ≤ V+ − 1.5V 25 100 nA
Input Signal Overvoltage No Change in Display −35 35 V
VOLTAGE-DIVIDER
Divider Resistance Total, Pin 6 to 4 8 12 17 kΩAccuracy (Note 3) 0.5 2 %
VOLTAGE REFERENCE
Output Voltage 0.1 mA ≤ IL(REF) ≤ 4 mA,V+ = VLED = 5V
1.2 1.28 1.34 V
Line Regulation 3V ≤ V+ ≤ 18V 0.01 0.03 %/V
Load Regulation 0.1 mA ≤ IL(REF) ≤ 4 mA,V+ = VLED = 5V
0.4 2 %
Output Voltage Change withTemperature
0˚C ≤ TA ≤ +70˚C, IL(REF) = 1 mA,V+ = 5V
1 %
Adjust Pin Current 75 120 µA
OUTPUT DRIVERS
LED Current V+ = VLED = 5V, IL(REF) = 1 mA 7 10 13 mA
LED Current Difference (BetweenLargest and Smallest LED Currents)
VLED = 5V ILED = 2 mA 0.12 0.4mA
ILED = 20 mA 1.2 3
LED Current Regulation 2V ≤ VLED ≤ 17V ILED = 2 mA 0.1 0.25mA
ILED = 20 mA 1 3
Dropout Voltage ILED(ON) = 20 mA, VLED = 5V,∆ILED = 2 mA
1.5 V
Saturation Voltage ILED = 2.0 mA, IL(REF) = 0.4 mA 0.15 0.4 V
Output Leakage, Each Collector (Bar Mode) (Note 5) 0.1 10 µA
Output Leakage (Dot Mode)(Note 5)
Pins 10–18 0.1 10 µA
Pin 1 60 150 450 µA
SUPPLY CURRENT
Standby Supply Current(All Outputs Off)
V+ = 5V,IL(REF) = 0.2 mA
2.4 4.2 mA
V+ = 20V,IL(REF) = 1.0 mA
6.1 9.2 mA
Note 1: Absolute Maximum Ratings indicate limits beyond which damage to the device may occur. Operating Ratings indicate conditions for which the device is func-tional, but do not guarantee specific performance limits. Electrical Characteristics state DC and AC electrical specifications under particular test conditions which guar-antee specific performance limits. This assumes that the device is within the Operating Ratings. Specifications are not guaranteed for parameters where no limit isgiven, however, the typical value is a good indication of device performance.
LM3914
www.national.com3
Electrical Characteristics (Notes 2, 4) (Continued)
Note 2: Unless otherwise stated, all specifications apply with the following conditions:
3 VDC ≤ V+ ≤ 20 VDC VREF, VRHI, VRLO ≤ (V+ − 1.5V)
3 VDC ≤ VLED ≤ V+ 0V ≤ VIN ≤ V+ − 1.5V
−0.015V ≤ VRLO ≤ 12 VDC TA = +25˚C, IL(REF) = 0.2 mA, VLED = 3.0V, pin 9 connected to pin 3 (Bar Mode).
−0.015V ≤ VRHI ≤ 12 VDC
For higher power dissipations, pulse testing is used.
Note 3: Accuracy is measured referred to +10.000 VDC at pin 6, with 0.000 VDC at pin 4. At lower full-scale voltages, buffer and comparator offset voltage may addsignificant error.
Note 4: Pin 5 input current must be limited to ±3 mA. The addition of a 39k resistor in series with pin 5 allows ±100V signals without damage.
Note 5: Bar mode results when pin 9 is within 20 mV of V+. Dot mode results when pin 9 is pulled at least 200 mV below V+ or left open circuit. LED No. 10 (pin10 output current) is disabled if pin 9 is pulled 0.9V or more below VLED.
Note 6: The maximum junction temperature of the LM3914 is 100˚C. Devices must be derated for operation at elevated temperatures. Junction to ambient thermalresistance is 55˚C/W for the molded DIP (N package).
Definition of TermsAccuracy: The difference between the observed thresholdvoltage and the ideal threshold voltage for each comparator.Specified and tested with 10V across the internal voltage di-vider so that resistor ratio matching error predominates overcomparator offset voltage.
Adjust Pin Current: Current flowing out of the reference ad-just pin when the reference amplifier is in the linear region.
Comparator Gain: The ratio of the change in output current(ILED) to the change in input voltage (VIN) required to pro-duce it for a comparator in the linear region.
Dropout Voltage: The voltage measured at the currentsource outputs required to make the output current fall by10%.
Input Bias Current: Current flowing out of the signal inputwhen the input buffer is in the linear region.
LED Current Regulation: The change in output currentover the specified range of LED supply voltage (VLED) asmeasured at the current source outputs. As the forward volt-age of an LED does not change significantly with a smallchange in forward current, this is equivalent to changing thevoltage at the LED anodes by the same amount.
Line Regulation: The average change in reference outputvoltage over the specified range of supply voltage (V+).
Load Regulation: The change in reference output voltage(VREF) over the specified range of load current (IL(REF)).
Offset Voltage: The differential input voltage which must beapplied to each comparator to bias the output in the linear re-gion. Most significant error when the voltage across the in-ternal voltage divider is small. Specified and tested with pin6 voltage (VRHI) equal to pin 4 voltage (VRLO).
Typical Performance Characteristics
Supply Current vsTemperature
DS007970-2
Operating Input BiasCurrent vs Temperature
DS007970-20
Reference Voltage vsTemperature
DS007970-21
LM39
14
www.national.com 4
Typical Performance Characteristics (Continued)
Reference Adjust PinCurrent vs Temperature
DS007970-22
LED Current-RegulationDropout
DS007970-23
LED Driver SaturationVoltage
DS007970-24
Input Current BeyondSignal Range (Pin 5)
DS007970-25
LED Current vsReference Loading
DS007970-26
LED Driver CurrentRegulation
DS007970-27
Total Divider Resistancevs Temperature
DS007970-28
Common-Mode Limits
DS007970-29
Output Characteristics
DS007970-30
LM3914
www.national.com5
Block Diagram (Showing Simplest Application)
DS007970-3
LM39
14
www.national.com 6
Functional DescriptionThe simplifed LM3914 block diagram is to give the generalidea of the circuit’s operation. A high input impedance bufferoperates with signals from ground to 12V, and is protectedagainst reverse and overvoltage signals. The signal is thenapplied to a series of 10 comparators; each of which is bi-ased to a different comparison level by the resistor string.
In the example illustrated, the resistor string is connected tothe internal 1.25V reference voltage. In this case, for each125 mV that the input signal increases, a comparator willswitch on another indicating LED. This resistor divider canbe connected between any 2 voltages, providing that theyare 1.5V below V+ and no less than V−. If an expanded scalemeter display is desired, the total divider voltage can be aslittle as 200 mV. Expanded-scale meter displays are moreaccurate and the segments light uniformly only if bar mode isused. At 50 mV or more per step, dot mode is usable.
INTERNAL VOLTAGE REFERENCE
The reference is designed to be adjustable and develops anominal 1.25V between the REF OUT (pin 7) and REF ADJ(pin 8) terminals. The reference voltage is impressed acrossprogram resistor R1 and, since the voltage is constant, aconstant current I1 then flows through the output set resistorR2 giving an output voltage of:
Since the 120 µA current (max) from the adjust terminal rep-resents an error term, the reference was designed to mini-mize changes of this current with V+ and load changes.
CURRENT PROGRAMMING
A feature not completely illustrated by the block diagram isthe LED brightness control. The current drawn out of the ref-erence voltage pin (pin 7) determines LED current. Approxi-mately 10 times this current will be drawn through eachlighted LED, and this current will be relatively constant de-spite supply voltage and temperature changes. Currentdrawn by the internal 10-resistor divider, as well as by the ex-ternal current and voltage-setting divider should be includedin calculating LED drive current. The ability to modulate LEDbrightness with time, or in proportion to input voltage andother signals can lead to a number of novel displays or waysof indicating input overvoltages, alarms, etc.
MODE PIN USE
Pin 9, the Mode Select input controls chaining of multipleLM3914s, and controls bar or dot mode operation. The fol-lowing tabulation shows the basic ways of using this input.Other more complex uses will be illustrated in the applica-tions.
Bar Graph Display: Wire Mode Select (pin 9) directly to pin3 (V+ pin).
Dot Display, Single LM3914 Driver: Leave the Mode Selectpin open circuit.
Dot Display, 20 or More LEDs: Connect pin 9 of the firstdriver in the series (i.e., the one with the lowest input voltagecomparison points) to pin 1 of the next higher LM3914 driver.Continue connecting pin 9 of lower input drivers to pin 1 ofhigher input drivers for 30, 40, or more LED displays. Thelast LM3914 driver in the chain will have pin 9 wired to pin 11.All previous drivers should have a 20k resistor in parallel withLED No. 9 (pin 11 to VLED).
Mode Pin Functional DescriptionThis pin actually performs two functions. Refer to the simpli-fied block diagram below.
DOT OR BAR MODE SELECTION
The voltage at pin 9 is sensed by comparator C1, nominallyreferenced to (V+ − 100 mV). The chip is in bar mode whenpin 9 is above this level; otherwise it’s in dot mode. The com-parator is designed so that pin 9 can be left open circuit fordot mode.
Taking into account comparator gain and variation in the100 mV reference level, pin 9 should be no more than 20 mVbelow V+ for bar mode and more than 200 mV below V+ (oropen circuit) for dot mode. In most applications, pin 9 is ei-ther open (dot mode) or tied to V+ (bar mode). In bar mode,pin 9 should be connected directly to pin 3. Large currentsdrawn from the power supply (LED current, for example)should not share this path so that large IR drops are avoided.
DOT MODE CARRY
In order for the display to make sense when multipleLM3914s are cascaded in dot mode, special circuitry hasbeen included to shut off LED No. 10 of the first device when
DS007970-4
Block Diagram of Mode Pin Description
DS007970-5
*High for bar
LM3914
www.national.com7
Mode Pin Functional Description(Continued)
LED No. 1 of the second device comes on. The connectionfor cascading in dot mode has already been described and isdepicted below.
As long as the input signal voltage is below the threshold ofthe second LM3914, LED No. 11 is off. Pin 9 of LM3914No. 1 thus sees effectively an open circuit so the chip is indot mode. As soon as the input voltage reaches the thresh-old of LED No. 11, pin 9 of LM3914 No. 1 is pulled an LEDdrop (1.5V or more) below VLED. This condition is sensed bycomparator C2, referenced 600 mV below VLED. This forcesthe output of C2 low, which shuts off output transistor Q2, ex-tinguishing LED No. 10.
VLED is sensed via the 20k resistor connected to pin 11. Thevery small current (less than 100 µA) that is diverted fromLED No. 9 does not noticeably affect its intensity.
An auxiliary current source at pin 1 keeps at least 100 µAflowing through LED No. 11 even if the input voltage riseshigh enough to extinguish the LED. This ensures that pin 9 ofLM3914 No. 1 is held low enough to force LED No. 10 offwhen any higher LED is illuminated. While 100 µA does notnormally produce significant LED illumination, it may be no-ticeable when using high-efficiency LEDs in a dark environ-ment. If this is bothersome, the simple cure is to shunt LEDNo. 11 with a 10k resistor. The 1V IR drop is more than the900 mV worst case required to hold off LED No. 10 yet smallenough that LED No. 11 does not conduct significantly.
OTHER DEVICE CHARACTERISTICS
The LM3914 is relatively low-powered itself, and since anynumber of LEDs can be powered from about 3V, it is a veryefficient display driver. Typical standby supply current (all
LEDs OFF) is 1.6 mA (2.5 mA max). However, any referenceloading adds 4 times that current drain to the V+ (pin 3) sup-ply input. For example, an LM3914 with a 1 mA reference pinload (1.3k), would supply almost 10 mA to every LED whiledrawing only 10 mA from its V+ pin supply. At full-scale, theIC is typically drawing less than 10% of the current suppliedto the display.
The display driver does not have built-in hysteresis so thatthe display does not jump instantly from one LED to the next.Under rapidly changing signal conditions, this cuts downhigh frequency noise and often an annoying flicker. An “over-lap” is built in so that at no time between segments are allLEDs completely OFF in the dot mode. Generally 1 LEDfades in while the other fades out over a mV or more ofrange (Note 3). The change may be much more rapid be-tween LED No. 10 of one device and LED No. 1 of a seconddevice “chained” to the first.
The LM3914 features individually current regulated LEDdriver transistors. Further internal circuitry detects when anydriver transistor goes into saturation, and prevents other cir-cuitry from drawing excess current. This results in the abilityof the LM3914 to drive and regulate LEDs powered from apulsating DC power source, i.e., largely unfiltered. (Due topossible oscillations at low voltages a nominal bypass ca-pacitor consisting of a 2.2 µF solid tantalum connected fromthe pulsating LED supply to pin 2 of the LM3914 is recom-mended.) This ability to operate with low or fluctuating volt-ages also allows the display driver to interface with logic cir-cuitry, opto-coupled solid-state relays, and low-currentincandescent lamps.
Cascading LM3914s in Dot Mode
DS007970-6
LM39
14
www.national.com 8
Typical Applications
Zero-Center Meter, 20-Segment
DS007970-7
LM3914
www.national.com9
Typical Applications (Continued)
Application Example:Grading 5V Regulators
Highest No.LED on
Color V OUT(MIN)
10 Red 5.54
9 Red 5.42
8 Yellow 5.30
7 Green 5.18
6 Green 5.06
5V
5 Green 4.94
4 Green 4.82
3 Yellow 4.7
2 Red 4.58
1 Red 4.46
Expanded Scale Meter, Dot or Bar
DS007970-8
*This application illustrates that the LED supply needs practically no filteringCalibration: With a precision meter between pins 4 and 6 adjust R1 for voltage VD of 1.20V. Apply 4.94V to pin 5, and adjust R4 until LED No. 5 just lights.The adjustments are non-interacting.
LM39
14
www.national.com 10
Typical Applications (Continued)
“Exclamation Point” Display
DS007970-9
LEDs light up as illustrated with the upper lit LED indicating the actual input voltage. The display appears to increase resolution and provides an analogindication of overrange.
Indicator and Alarm, Full-Scale Changes Display from Dot to Bar
DS007970-10
*The input to the Dot-Bar Switch may be taken from cathodes of other LEDs. Display will change to bar as soon as the LED so selected begins to light.
LM3914
www.national.com11
Typical Applications (Continued)
Bar Display with Alarm Flasher
DS007970-11
Full-scale causes the full bar display to flash. If the junction of R1 and C1 is connected to a different LED cathode, the display will flash when that LED lights,and at any higher input signal.
Adding Hysteresis (Single Supply, Bar Mode Only)
DS007970-12
Hysteresis is 0.5 mV to 1 mV
LM39
14
www.national.com 12
Typical Applications (Continued)
Operating with a High Voltage Supply (Dot Mode Only)
DS007970-13
The LED currents are approximately 10 mA, and the LM3914 outputs operate in saturation for minimum dissipation.*This point is partially regulated and decreases in voltage with temperature. Voltage requirements of the LM3914 also decrease with temperature.
LM3914
www.national.com13
Typical Applications (Continued)
Application HintsThree of the most commonly needed precautions for usingthe LM3914 are shown in the first typical application drawingshowing a 0V–5V bar graph meter. The most difficult prob-lem occurs when large LED currents are being drawn, espe-cially in bar graph mode. These currents flowing out of theground pin cause voltage drops in external wiring, and thuserrors and oscillations. Bringing the return wires from signalsources, reference ground and bottom of the resistor string(as illustrated) to a single point very near pin 2 is the best so-lution.
Long wires from VLED to LED anode common can cause os-cillations. Depending on the severity of the problem 0.05 µFto 2.2 µF decoupling capacitors from LED anode common topin 2 will damp the circuit. If LED anode line wiring is inac-cessible, often similar decoupling from pin 1 to pin 2 will besufficient.
If LED turn ON seems slow (bar mode) or several LEDs light(dot mode), oscillation or excessive noise is usually the prob-lem. In cases where proper wiring and bypassing fail to stoposcillations, V+ voltage at pin 3 is usually below suggestedlimits. Expanded scale meter applications may have one orboth ends of the internal voltage divider terminated at rela-
tively high value resistors. These high-impedance endsshould be bypassed to pin 2 with at least a 0.001 µF capaci-tor, or up to 0.1 µF in noisy environments.
Power dissipation, especially in bar mode should be givenconsideration. For example, with a 5V supply and all LEDsprogrammed to 20 mA the driver will dissipate over 600 mW.In this case a 7.5Ω resistor in series with the LED supply willcut device heating in half. The negative end of the resistorshould be bypassed with a 2.2 µF solid tantalum capacitor topin 2 of the LM3914.
Turning OFF of most of the internal current sources is ac-complished by pulling positive on the reference with a cur-rent source or resistance supplying 100 µA or so. Alternately,the input signal can be gated OFF with a transistor switch.
Other special features and applications characteristics willbe illustrated in the following applications schematics. Noteshave been added in many cases, attempting to cover anyspecial procedures or unusual characteristics of these appli-cations. A special section called “Application Tips for theLM3914 Adjustable Reference” has been included withthese schematics.
20-Segment Meter with Mode Switch
DS007970-14
*The exact wiring arrangement of this schematic shows the need for Mode Select (pin 9) to sense the V+ voltage exactly as it appears on pin 3.Programs LEDs to 10 mA
LM39
14
www.national.com 14
Application Hints (Continued)
APPLICATION TIPS FOR THE LM3914 ADJUSTABLEREFERENCE
GREATLY EXPANDED SCALE (BAR MODE ONLY)
Placing the LM3914 internal resistor divider in parallel with asection (≅230Ω) of a stable, low resistance divider greatlyreduces voltage changes due to IC resistor value changeswith temperature. Voltage V1 should be trimmed to 1.1V firstby use of R2. Then the voltage V2 across the IC divider stringcan be adjusted to 200 mV, using R5 without affecting V1.LED current will be approximately 10 mA.
NON-INTERACTING ADJUSTMENTS FOR EXPANDEDSCALE METER (4.5V to 5V, Bar or Dot Mode)
This arrangement allows independent adjustment of LEDbrightness regardless of meter span and zero adjustments.
First, V1 is adjusted to 5V, using R2. Then the span (voltageacross R4) can be adjusted to exactly 0.5V using R6 withoutaffecting the previous adjustment.
R9 programs LED currents within a range of 2.2 mA to 20 mAafter the above settings are made.
ADJUSTING LINEARITY OF SEVERAL STACKEDDIVIDERS
Three internal voltage dividers are shown connected in se-ries to provide a 30-step display. If the resulting analog meteris to be accurate and linear the voltage on each divider mustbe adjusted, preferably without affecting any other adjust-ments. To do this, adjust R2 first, so that the voltage acrossR5 is exactly 1V. Then the voltages across R3 and R4 canbe independently adjusted by shunting each with selectedresistors of 6 kΩ or higher resistance. This is possible be-cause the reference of LM3914 No. 3 is acting as a constantcurrent source.
The references associated with LM3914s No. 1 and No. 2should have their Ref Adj pins (pin 8) wired to ground, andtheir Ref Outputs loaded by a 620Ω resistor to ground. Thismakes available similar 20 mA current outputs to all theLEDs in the system.
If an independent LED brightness control is desired (as inthe previous application), a unity gain buffer, such as theLM310, should be placed between pin 7 and R1, similar tothe previous application.
Greatly Expanded Scale (Bar Mode Only)
DS007970-15
LM3914
www.national.com15
Application Hints (Continued)
Other Applications• “Slow” — fade bar or dot display (doubles resolution)
• 20-step meter with single pot brightness control
• 10-step (or multiples) programmer
• Multi-step or “staging” controller
• Combined controller and process deviation meter
• Direction and rate indicator (to add to DVMs)
• Exclamation point display for power saving
• Graduations can be added to dot displays. Dimly light ev-ery other LED using a resistor to ground
• Electronic “meter-relay” — display could be circle orsemi-circle
• Moving “hole” display — indicator LED is dark, rest of barlit
• Drives vacuum-fluorescent and LCDs using added pas-sive parts
Non-Interacting Adjustments for Expanded Scale Meter (4.5V to 5V, Bar or Dot Mode)
DS007970-16
Adjusting Linearity of Several Stacked Dividers
DS007970-17
LM39
14
www.national.com 16
Connection Diagrams
Plastic Chip Carrier Package
DS007970-18
Top ViewOrder Number LM3914V
See NS Package Number V20A
Dual-in-Line Package
DS007970-19
Top ViewOrder Number LM3914N-1
See NS Package Number NA18AOrder Number LM3914N *
See NS Package Number N18A* Discontinued, Life Time Buy date 12/20/99
LM3914
www.national.com17
Physical Dimensions inches (millimeters) unless otherwise noted
Note: Unless otherwise specified.
1. Standard Lead Finish:
200 microinches /5.08 micrometer minimum
lead/tin 37/63 or 15/85 on alloy 42 or equivalent or copper
2. Reference JEDEC registration MS-001, Variation AC, dated May 1993.
Dual-In-Line Package (N)Order Number LM3914N-1
NS Package Number NA18A
Plastic Chip Carrier Package (V)Order Number LM3914V
NS Package Number V20A
LM39
14
www.national.com 18
Physical Dimensions inches (millimeters) unless otherwise noted (Continued)
LIFE SUPPORT POLICY
NATIONAL’S PRODUCTS ARE NOT AUTHORIZED FOR USE AS CRITICAL COMPONENTS IN LIFE SUPPORTDEVICES OR SYSTEMS WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE PRESIDENT AND GENERALCOUNSEL OF NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION. As used herein:
1. Life support devices or systems are devices orsystems which, (a) are intended for surgical implantinto the body, or (b) support or sustain life, andwhose failure to perform when properly used inaccordance with instructions for use provided in thelabeling, can be reasonably expected to result in asignificant injury to the user.
2. A critical component is any component of a lifesupport device or system whose failure to performcan be reasonably expected to cause the failure ofthe life support device or system, or to affect itssafety or effectiveness.
National SemiconductorCorporationAmericasTel: 1-800-272-9959Fax: 1-800-737-7018Email: support@nsc.com
National SemiconductorEurope
Fax: +49 (0) 1 80-530 85 86Email: europe.support@nsc.com
Deutsch Tel: +49 (0) 1 80-530 85 85English Tel: +49 (0) 1 80-532 78 32Français Tel: +49 (0) 1 80-532 93 58Italiano Tel: +49 (0) 1 80-534 16 80
National SemiconductorAsia Pacific CustomerResponse GroupTel: 65-2544466Fax: 65-2504466Email: sea.support@nsc.com
National SemiconductorJapan Ltd.Tel: 81-3-5639-7560Fax: 81-3-5639-7507
www.national.com
Dual-In-Line Package (N)Order Number LM3914N *NS Package Number N18A
* Discontinued, Life Time Buy date 12/20/99
LM3914
Dot/B
arD
isplayD
river
National does not assume any responsibility for use of any circuitry described, no circuit patent licenses are implied and National reserves the right at any time without notice to change said circuitry and specifications.
The 4N25, 4N26, 4N27 and 4N28 devices consist of a gallium arsenideinfrared emitting diode optically coupled to a monolithic silicon phototransistordetector.
• Most Economical Optoisolator Choice for Medium Speed, Switching Applications
• Meets or Exceeds All JEDEC Registered Specifications
• To order devices that are tested and marked per VDE 0884 requirements, thesuffix ”V” must be included at end of part number. VDE 0884 is a test option.
Applications
• General Purpose Switching Circuits
• Interfacing and coupling systems of different potentials and impedances
• I/O Interfacing
• Solid State Relays
MAXIMUM RATINGS (TA = 25°C unless otherwise noted)
Rating Symbol Value Unit
INPUT LED
Reverse Voltage VR 3 Volts
Forward Current — Continuous IF 60 mA
LED Power Dissipation @ TA = 25°Cwith Negligible Power in Output Detector
Derate above 25°C
PD 120
1.41
mW
mW/°C
OUTPUT TRANSISTOR
Collector–Emitter Voltage VCEO 30 Volts
Emitter–Collector Voltage VECO 7 Volts
Collector–Base Voltage VCBO 70 Volts
Collector Current — Continuous IC 150 mA
Detector Power Dissipation @ TA = 25°Cwith Negligible Power in Input LED
Derate above 25°C
PD 150
1.76
mW
mW/°C
TOTAL DEVICE
Isolation Surge Voltage(1)
(Peak ac Voltage, 60 Hz, 1 sec Duration)VISO 7500 Vac(pk)
Total Device Power Dissipation @ TA = 25°CDerate above 25°C
PD 2502.94
mWmW/°C
Ambient Operating Temperature Range TA –55 to +100 °C
Storage Temperature Range Tstg –55 to +150 °C
Soldering Temperature (10 sec, 1/16″ from case) TL 260 °C
Order this documentby 4N25/D
GlobalOptoisolator
SCHEMATIC
PIN 1. LED ANODE2. LED CATHODE3. N.C.4. EMITTER5. COLLECTOR6. BASE
1
2
3
6
5
4
STANDARD THRU HOLE
61
1. Isolation surge voltage is an internal device dielectric breakdown rating.1. For this test, Pins 1 and 2 are common, and Pins 4, 5 and 6 are common.
4N254N264N274N28
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (TA = 25°C unless otherwise noted)(1)
Characteristic Symbol Min Typ(1) Max Unit
INPUT LED
Forward Voltage (IF = 10 mA) TA = 25°CTA = –55°CTA = 100°C
VF ———
1.151.31.05
1.5——
Volts
Reverse Leakage Current (VR = 3 V) IR — — 100 µA
Capacitance (V = 0 V, f = 1 MHz) CJ — 18 — pF
OUTPUT TRANSISTOR
Collector–Emitter Dark Current 4N25,26,27(VCE = 10 V, TA = 25°C 4N28
ICEO ——
11
50100
nA
(VCE = 10 V, TA = 100°C) All Devices ICEO — 1 — µA
Collector–Base Dark Current (VCB = 10 V) ICBO — 0.2 — nA
Collector–Emitter Breakdown Voltage (IC = 1 mA) V(BR)CEO 30 45 — Volts
Collector–Base Breakdown Voltage (IC = 100 µA) V(BR)CBO 70 100 — Volts
Emitter–Collector Breakdown Voltage (IE = 100 µA) V(BR)ECO 7 7.8 — Volts
DC Current Gain (IC = 2 mA, VCE = 5 V) hFE — 500 — —
Collector–Emitter Capacitance (f = 1 MHz, VCE = 0) CCE — 7 — pF
Collector–Base Capacitance (f = 1 MHz, VCB = 0) CCB — 19 — pF
Emitter–Base Capacitance (f = 1 MHz, VEB = 0) CEB — 9 — pF
COUPLED
Output Collector Current (IF = 10 mA, VCE = 10 V)4N25,264N27,28
IC (CTR)(2)
2 (20)1 (10)
7 (70)5 (50)
——
mA (%)
Collector–Emitter Saturation Voltage (IC = 2 mA, IF = 50 mA) VCE(sat) — 0.15 0.5 Volts
Turn–On Time (IF = 10 mA, VCC = 10 V, RL = 100 Ω)(3) ton — 2.8 — µs
Turn–Off Time (IF = 10 mA, VCC = 10 V, RL = 100 Ω)(3) toff — 4.5 — µs
Rise Time (IF = 10 mA, VCC = 10 V, RL = 100 Ω)(3) tr — 1.2 — µs
Fall Time (IF = 10 mA, VCC = 10 V, RL = 100 Ω)(3) tf — 1.3 — µs
Isolation Voltage (f = 60 Hz, t = 1 sec)(4) VISO 7500 — — Vac(pk)
Isolation Resistance (V = 500 V)(4) RISO 1011 — — Ω
Isolation Capacitance (V = 0 V, f = 1 MHz)(4) CISO — 0.2 — pF
1. Always design to the specified minimum/maximum electrical limits (where applicable).2. Current Transfer Ratio (CTR) = IC/IF x 100%.3. For test circuit setup and waveforms, refer to Figure 11.4. For this test, Pins 1 and 2 are common, and Pins 4, 5 and 6 are common.
4N25 4N26 4N27 4N28
I C, O
UTP
UT
CO
LLEC
TOR
CU
RR
ENT
(NO
RM
ALIZ
ED)
TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Figure 1. LED Forward Voltage versus Forward Current
2
1.8
1.6
1.4
1.2
11 10 100 1000
10
1
0.1
0.01 0.5 1IF, LED FORWARD CURRENT (mA)
2 5 10 20 50IF, LED INPUT CURRENT (mA)
V F, F
OR
WAR
D V
OLT
AGE
(VO
LTS)
25°C
100°C
TA = –55°C
NORMALIZED TO:IF = 10 mA
Figure 2. Output Current versus Input Current
PULSE ONLYPULSE OR DC
10
75
2
10.70.5
0.2
0.1–60 –40 –20 0 20 40 60 80 100
TA, AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (°C)I C, O
UTP
UT
CO
LLEC
TOR
CU
RR
ENT
(NO
RM
ALIZ
ED)
1
10
100
0.10 20 40 60 80 100
TA, AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (°C)
t, TI
ME
(s)
I
100
50
20
10
5
2
10.1 0.2 0.5 1 2 5 10 20 50 100
IF, LED INPUT CURRENT (mA)
CEO
, CO
LLEC
TOR
–EM
ITTE
R D
ARK
CU
RR
ENT
(NO
RM
ALIZ
ED)
µ
VCE = 30 V
10 V
tf
tr
tr
tf
0
VCE, COLLECTOR–EMITTER VOLTAGE (VOLTS)
I C, C
OLL
ECTO
R C
UR
REN
T (m
A)
4
8
12
16
20
24
28
5 mA
2 mA
1 mA
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Figure 3. Collector Current versusCollector–Emitter Voltage
Figure 4. Output Current versus Ambient Temperature
Figure 5. Dark Current versus Ambient Temperature Figure 6. Rise and Fall Times(Typical Values)
IF = 10 mA NORMALIZED TO TA = 25°C
NORMALIZED TO:VCE = 10 VTA = 25°C
VCC = 10 V
RL = 1000
RL = 100
4N25 4N26 4N27 4N28
1007050
20
1075
2
10.1 0.2 0.5 0.7 1 2 5 7 10 20 50 70 100
IF, LED INPUT CURRENT (mA)
RL = 1000
100
10
1007050
20
1075
2
10.1 0.2 0.5 0.7 1 2 5 7 10 20 50 70 100
IF, LED INPUT CURRENT (mA)
RL = 1000
100
10
t, T
UR
N–O
FF T
IME
(s)
off
µ
t, T
UR
N–O
N T
IME
(s)
onµ
Figure 7. Turn–On Switching Times(Typical Values)
Figure 8. Turn–Off Switching Times(Typical Values)
VCC = 10 V VCC = 10 V
6
6 µA
C, C
APAC
ITAN
CE
(pF)
Figure 9. DC Current Gain (Detector Only) Figure 10. Capacitances versus Voltage
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
4
2
0
CCE
f = 1 MHz
0.05 0.1 0.2 0.5 1 2 5 10 20 50
V, VOLTAGE (VOLTS)
CLED
CCB
CEB
5 µA
4 µA
3 µA
2 µA
1 µA
4
3
2
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
VCE, COLLECTOR–EMITTER VOLTAGE (VOLTS)
I C, T
YPIC
AL C
OLL
ECTO
R C
UR
REN
T (m
A)
IB = 7 µAIF = 0
TEST CIRCUIT
VCC = 10 V
IF = 10 mA
INPUT
RL = 100 Ω
OUTPUT
WAVEFORMS
10%
90%
ton
INPUT PULSE
OUTPUT PULSE
tf
toff
tr
Figure 11. Switching Time Test Circuit and Waveforms
4N25 4N26 4N27 4N28
PACKAGE DIMENSIONS
THRU HOLE
NOTES:1. DIMENSIONING AND TOLERANCING PER ANSI
Y14.5M, 1982.2. CONTROLLING DIMENSION: INCH.3. DIMENSION L TO CENTER OF LEAD WHEN
FORMED PARALLEL.
STYLE 1:PIN 1. ANODE
2. CATHODE3. NC4. EMITTER5. COLLECTOR6. BASE
6 4
1 3
–A–
–B–
SEATINGPLANE
–T–
4 PLF
K
CN
G
6 PLD6 PLE
MAM0.13 (0.005) B MT
L
M
6 PLJMBM0.13 (0.005) A MT
DIM MIN MAX MIN MAXMILLIMETERSINCHES
A 0.320 0.350 8.13 8.89B 0.240 0.260 6.10 6.60C 0.115 0.200 2.93 5.08D 0.016 0.020 0.41 0.50E 0.040 0.070 1.02 1.77F 0.010 0.014 0.25 0.36G 0.100 BSC 2.54 BSCJ 0.008 0.012 0.21 0.30K 0.100 0.150 2.54 3.81L 0.300 BSC 7.62 BSCM 0 15 0 15 N 0.015 0.100 0.38 2.54
SURFACE MOUNT
–A–
–B–
SEATINGPLANE
–T–J
K
L
6 PL
MBM0.13 (0.005) A MT
C
D 6 PL
MAM0.13 (0.005) B MT
H
GE 6 PL
F 4 PL
31
46
NOTES:1. DIMENSIONING AND TOLERANCING PER ANSI
Y14.5M, 1982.2. CONTROLLING DIMENSION: INCH.
DIM MIN MAX MIN MAXMILLIMETERSINCHES
A 0.320 0.350 8.13 8.89B 0.240 0.260 6.10 6.60C 0.115 0.200 2.93 5.08D 0.016 0.020 0.41 0.50E 0.040 0.070 1.02 1.77F 0.010 0.014 0.25 0.36G 0.100 BSC 2.54 BSCH 0.020 0.025 0.51 0.63J 0.008 0.012 0.20 0.30K 0.006 0.035 0.16 0.88L 0.320 BSC 8.13 BSCS 0.332 0.390 8.43 9.90
*Consult factory for leadform option availability
4N25 4N26 4N27 4N28
*Consult factory for leadform option availability
NOTES:1. DIMENSIONING AND TOLERANCING PER ANSI
Y14.5M, 1982.2. CONTROLLING DIMENSION: INCH.3. DIMENSION L TO CENTER OF LEAD WHEN
FORMED PARALLEL.
0.4" LEAD SPACING
6 4
1 3
–A–
–B–
N
C
KG
F 4 PL
SEATING
D 6 PL
E 6 PL
PLANE
–T–
MAM0.13 (0.005) B MT
L
J
DIM MIN MAX MIN MAXMILLIMETERSINCHES
A 0.320 0.350 8.13 8.89B 0.240 0.260 6.10 6.60C 0.115 0.200 2.93 5.08D 0.016 0.020 0.41 0.50E 0.040 0.070 1.02 1.77F 0.010 0.014 0.25 0.36G 0.100 BSC 2.54 BSCJ 0.008 0.012 0.21 0.30K 0.100 0.150 2.54 3.81L 0.400 0.425 10.16 10.80N 0.015 0.040 0.38 1.02
4N25 4N26 4N27 4N28
LIFE SUPPORT POLICY FAIRCHILD’S PRODUCTS ARE NOT AUTHORIZED FOR USE AS CRITICAL COMPONENTS IN LIFE SUPPORT DEVICES OR SYSTEMS WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE PRESIDENT OF FAIRCHILD SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION. As used herein:
1. Life support devices or systems are devices or systemswhich, (a) are intended for surgical implant into the body,or (b) support or sustain life, and (c) whose failure to perform when properly used in accordance with instructions for use provided in the labeling, can be reasonably expected to result in a significant injury of theuser.
2. A critical component in any component of a life support device or system whose failure to perform can be reasonably expected to cause the failure of the life supportdevice or system, or to affect its safety or effectiveness.
DISCLAIMER FAIRCHILD SEMICONDUCTOR RESERVES THE RIGHT TO MAKE CHANGES WITHOUT FURTHER NOTICE TO ANY PRODUCTS HEREIN TO IMPROVE RELIABILITY, FUNCTION OR DESIGN. FAIRCHILD DOES NOT ASSUME ANY LIABILITY ARISING OUT OF THE APPLICATION OR USE OF ANY PRODUCT OR CIRCUIT DESCRIBED HEREIN; NEITHER DOES IT CONVEY ANY LICENSE UNDER ITS PATENT RIGHTS, NOR THE RIGHTS OF OTHERS.
www.fairchildsemi.com © 2000 Fairchild Semiconductor Corporation